Document


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
Annual Report to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016
OR
¨
Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
For the transition period from to
Commission File No. 001-36682
Veritex Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Texas
 
27-0973566
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
8214 Westchester Drive, Suite 400
 
 
Dallas, Texas
 
75225
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Zip Code
(972) 349 6200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01
 
NASDAQ Global Market
 
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer ¨
Accelerated filer x
Non-accelerated filer ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x
The aggregate market value of the shares of common stock held by non-affiliates based on the closing price of the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on June 30, 2016 was approximately $134,350,000.
 
At March 9, 2017, the Company had outstanding 15,224,950 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share.
Documents Incorporated By Reference:
Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Such Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.




VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC.
Annual Report on Form 10‑K
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


1



PART I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
Our Company
Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” the “Company” or “Veritex” refer to Veritex Holdings, Inc. and our wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Veritex Community Bank, and the term “Bank” refers to Veritex Community Bank.
Veritex Holdings, Inc. is a Texas corporation and bank holding company headquartered in Dallas, Texas. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Veritex Community Bank, a Texas state chartered bank, we provide relationship-driven commercial banking products and services tailored to meet the needs of small to medium-sized businesses and professionals. Since our inception, we have targeted customers and focused our acquisitions primarily in the Dallas metropolitan area, which we consider to be Dallas and the adjacent communities. As a result of our pending acquisition of Sovereign Bancshares, Inc. (“Sovereign”), we expect our primary market to include the broader Dallas-Fort Worth metropolitan area, which also encompasses Fort Worth and Arlington, as well as the Houston and Austin metropolitan areas. As we continue to grow, we may expand to other metropolitan markets within the State of Texas. As of December 31, 2016, we had total assets of $1.4 billion, total loans of $991.9 million, total deposits of $1.1 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $239.1 million.
As of December 31, 2016, we operated ten branches and one mortgage office, all of which are located in the Dallas metropolitan area. Our Turtle Creek branch opened in January 2017, resulting in a total of eleven branches and one mortgage office that we currently operate. Our primary customers are small and medium-sized businesses, generally with annual revenues of under $30 million, and professionals. We believe that these businesses and professionals highly value the local decision-making and relationship-driven, quality service we provide and our deep, long-term understanding of Texas community banking. As a result of consolidation, we believe that few locally-based banks are dedicated to providing this level of service to small and medium-sized businesses. Our management team’s long-standing presence and experience in the Dallas metropolitan area gives us unique insight into our local market and the needs of our customers. This enables us to respond quickly to customers, provide high quality personal service and develop comprehensive, long-term banking relationships by providing products and services tailored to meet the individual needs of our customers. This focus and approach enhances our ability to continue to grow organically, successfully recruit talented bankers and strategically source potential acquisitions in our target market.
We completed an initial public offering of our common stock in October 2014, as an Emerging Growth Company under the JOBS act. Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “VBTX.”
Our History and Growth
We have experienced significant growth since commencing banking operations in 2010 through our strategy of pursuing organic growth and strategic acquisitions. We have completed four whole-bank acquisitions that have increased our market presence within the Dallas metropolitan area. On July 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of IBT Bancorp, Inc. (“IBT”), the parent holding company of Independent Bank of Texas (“Independent Bank”), headquartered in Irving, Texas with two banking locations in the Dallas metropolitan area. Our management team is led by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, C. Malcolm Holland, III, who has overseen and managed our organic growth and acquisition activity since we commenced banking operations.
The following table summarizes our four completed acquisitions since inception:
 
Date
 
Acquired
 
Acquired
 
Number of
 
 
 
Completed
 
Assets
 
Loans
 
Branches
 
Dallas Area Locations
Bank Acquired
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Professional Bank, N.A. through Professional Capital, Inc.
September 2010
 
$
181.8

 
$
91.7

 
3

 
Park Cities, Lakewood and Garland
Fidelity Bank through Fidelity Resources Company
March 2011
 
166.3

 
108.1

 
3

 
Preston Center, SMU and Plano
Bank of Las Colinas
October 2011
 
53.8

 
40.4

 
1

 
Las Colinas
Independent Bank of Texas through IBT Bancorp, Inc.
July 2015
 
124.4

 
88.5

 
2

 
Irving and Frisco

2



We have established a record of steady growth and profitable operations since our inception while preserving our strong credit culture. As indicated by the graphs below, for the year ended December 31, 2016, we continued this trend by focusing on growing our total loans and deposits organically by increasing our commercial lending relationships and more deeply penetrating the Dallas metropolitan area.
On December 14, 2016, we announced our entry into a definitive agreement to merge with Dallas-based Sovereign. As of December 31, 2016, Sovereign reported, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $1.1 billion, total loans held for investment of $856.3 million, and total deposits of $857.3 million. Upon completion of our proposed merger with Sovereign, we expect to acquire Sovereign’s seven additional branches in the Dallas-Forth Worth metroplex, two branches in the Austin, Texas metropolitan area and one branch in the Houston, Texas metropolitan area. The transaction is expected to close during the second quarter of 2017, although delays could occur, subject to regulatory approval, shareholder approval, and the satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. For further discussion of our proposed merger with Sovereign, see “—Recent Developments” below.
https://cdn.kscope.io/cb6d84710b2c52838f7ad266f0cb060c-totalloansa02.jpg
https://cdn.kscope.io/cb6d84710b2c52838f7ad266f0cb060c-totaldeposits.jpg
 
 
https://cdn.kscope.io/cb6d84710b2c52838f7ad266f0cb060c-returnonaverageassets.jpg
https://cdn.kscope.io/cb6d84710b2c52838f7ad266f0cb060c-netincome.jpg
Our Strategy
Our business strategy consists of the following components:
Organic Growth.  Our organic growth strategy has focused on more deeply penetrating our markets through our community-focused, relationship-driven approach to banking. We believe that our current market area provides abundant opportunities to continue to grow our customer base, increase loans and deposits and expand our overall market share. Our team of seasoned bankers has been an important driver of our organic growth by further developing banking relationships with current and potential customers, many of which span more than 20 years. Our market presidents and relationship managers are incentivized to increase the size of their loan and deposit portfolios and generate fee income while maintaining strong credit quality. We expect to have continued success adding to our team of experienced bankers in order to grow our market presence. Preserving sound credit underwriting standards as we grow our loan portfolio will continue to be the foundation of our organic growth strategy.

Acquisitions.  We intend to continue to grow through acquisitions. We believe that there are banking organizations in our market area that face significant scale and operational challenges, regulatory pressure, management succession

3



issues and shareholder liquidity needs, which we believe will present attractive acquisition opportunities for us in the future. We believe we have developed an experienced and disciplined acquisition and integration approach capable of identifying candidates, conducting thorough due diligence, determining financial attractiveness and integrating the acquired institution. Utilizing the prior experience of our management team at financial institutions, we believe that we have built a corporate infrastructure capable of supporting additional acquisitions and continued organic growth. We believe our acquisition experience and our reputation as a successful acquirer position us to capitalize on additional opportunities in the future.
Improve Operational Efficiency and Increase Profitability.  We are committed to maintaining and enhancing profitability. We employ a systematic and calculated approach to improving our operational efficiency, which in turn we believe increases our profitability. We believe that our scalable infrastructure and efficient operating platform will allow us to achieve continued growth without incurring significant incremental noninterest expenses and will enhance our returns.
Continue to Build Our Community Ties.  Our officers and employees are heavily involved in civic and community organizations, and we sponsor numerous activities that benefit our community. Our business development strategy, which focuses on building market share through personal relationships, as opposed to formal advertising, is consistent with our customer-centric culture and is a cost-effective approach to developing new relationships and enhancing existing ones.

Our Banking Services
We are focused on delivering a wide variety of relationship-driven commercial banking products and services tailored to meet the needs of small to medium-sized businesses and professionals. A general discussion of the range of commercial banking products and other services we offer follows.
Lending Activities. As of December 31, 2016, we had total loans of $991.9 million, representing 70.4% of our total assets. Our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans and general commercial loans, residential real estate loans, and consumer loans.
Our underwriting philosophy seeks to balance our desire to make sound, high quality loans while recognizing that lending money involves a degree of business risk. Managing credit risk is a company-wide process. Our strategy for credit risk management includes well-defined, centralized credit policies, uniform underwriting criteria by loan type and ongoing risk monitoring and review processes for all types of credit exposures. Our processes emphasize early-stage review of loans, regular credit evaluations and management reviews of loans, which supplement the ongoing and proactive credit monitoring and loan servicing provided by our loan officers and lending support staff. Our Director’s Loan Committee and Executive Loan Committee provide company-wide credit oversight and periodically review all credit risk portfolios to ensure that the risk identification processes are functioning properly and that our credit standards are followed. In addition, a third-party loan review is performed at least annually to identify problem assets and confirm our internal risk rating of loans. We attempt to identify potential problem loans early in an effort to aggressively seek resolution of these situations before the loans become a loss, record any necessary charge-offs promptly and maintain adequate allowance levels for probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio.
Deposits. Deposits are our principal source of funds for our interest earning assets. We believe that a critical component of our success is the importance we place on our deposit services. Our services include the usual deposit functions of commercial banks, safe deposit facilities, commercial and personal banking services in addition to our loan offerings. We offer a variety of deposit products and services consistent with the goal of attracting a wide variety of customers, including high net worth individuals and small to medium-sized businesses. The types of deposit accounts we offer consist of demand, savings, money market and time accounts. We actively pursue business checking accounts by offering competitive rates, telephone banking, online banking and other convenient services to our customers. We also pursue commercial deposit and financial institution money market accounts that will benefit from the utilization of our treasury management services.
Other Products and Services. We offer banking products and services that are attractively priced and we believe easily understood by the customer, with a focus on convenience and accessibility. We offer a full suite of online banking solutions including access to account balances, online transfers, online bill payment and electronic delivery of customer statements, as well as ATMs, and banking by telephone, mail and personal appointment. We also offer debit cards, night depository, direct deposit, cashier’s checks, and letters of credit, as well as treasury management services including wire transfer services and automated clearinghouse services.

4



We offer a full array of commercial treasury management services designed to be competitive with banks of all sizes. Treasury Management Services include balance reporting (including current day and previous day activity), transfers between accounts, wire transfer initiation, automated clearinghouse origination and stop payments. Cash management deposit products consist of lockbox, remote deposit capture, positive pay, reverse positive pay, account reconciliation services, zero balance accounts, and sweep accounts including loan sweep.
Investments
The primary objectives of our investment policy are to provide a source of liquidity, to provide an appropriate return on funds invested, to manage interest rate risk, to meet pledging requirements and to meet regulatory capital requirements.  As of December 31, 2016, the book value of our investment portfolio totaled $102.6 million, with an average yield of 1.67% and an estimated effective duration of approximately 3.30 years.
Our Market Area
We currently operate in the Dallas metropolitan area, which is part of the broader Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington metropolitan statistical area. This area’s economy is fueled by the real estate, technology, financial services, insurance, transportation, manufacturing, health care and energy sectors. This market area is among the most vibrant in the United States with a rapidly growing population, a high level of job growth, an affordable cost of living and a pro-growth business climate. More broadly, Texas is also experiencing significant population and employment growth on a statewide basis. Upon completion of our proposed merger with Sovereign, we expect our market area to expand meaningfully within the broader Dallas-Fort Worth metroplex and to develop a presence in other Texas markets including the metropolitan areas of Austin and Houston, Texas. We believe these metropolitan areas within Texas represent the primary markets for both our near-and long-term growth.
Competition
The banking business is highly competitive, and our profitability will depend principally upon our ability to compete with other banks and non-bank financial institutions located in our market for lending opportunities, deposit funds, bankers and acquisition candidates. Our banking competitors in our target markets include Chase Bank, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, BBVA Compass, Amegy Bank, Comerica Bank, Regions Bank, Prosperity Bank, Independent Bank, Texas Capital Bank and various community banks.
We are subject to vigorous competition in all aspects of our business from banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, finance companies, credit unions and other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies, asset-based non-bank lenders, insurance companies and certain other non-financial entities.
Employees
As of December 31, 2016, we had 160 full-time employees and 11 part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a union. In June 2016, the Bank was named one of the “Best Banks to Work For 2016” by the American Banker Magazine, and in November 2016 the Bank was named in the list of “Top 100 Places to Work 2016” by The Dallas Morning News. We strive to maintain a culture where people are rewarded for hard work and share in the benefits of the success of the Company. In 2012, we created an employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), enabling the Company to contribute shares of our common stock based on employees’ 401(k) plan contributions.
Our Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 8214 Westchester Drive, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas, 75225, and our telephone number is (972) 349-6200. Our website is www.veritexbank.com. We make available at this address, free of charge, our annual report on Form 10-K, our annual reports to shareholders, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). These documents are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The information contained on or accessible from our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference herein.

5



Recent Developments
On December 14, 2016, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”) with Spartan Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Texas corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and Sovereign, a Texas corporation and the parent holding company of Sovereign Bank. The Merger Agreement provides that (i) Merger Sub will merge with and into Sovereign (the “Sovereign Merger”), with Sovereign continuing as the surviving corporation in the Sovereign Merger and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and (ii) immediately thereafter, Sovereign will merge with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation. Following these mergers, we will cause Sovereign Bank to merge with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving bank. Sovereign, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, provides a full range of banking products and services. Sovereign provides these products and services to individual and corporate customers through Sovereign’s seven branches in the Dallas-Fort Worth metropolitan area, two branches in the Austin, Texas metropolitan area and one branch in the Houston, Texas metropolitan area. As of December 31, 2016, Sovereign reported total assets of $1.1 billion, total loans held for investment of $856.3 million, total deposits of $857.3 million and total shareholders’ equity of $118.5 million. We filed a registration statement on Form S-4 with the SEC registering the offer and sale of our common stock in the Sovereign Merger and including a joint proxy statement of Veritex and Sovereign and a prospectus of Veritex. The registration statement on Form S-4 was declared effective by the SEC on February 27, 2017. We anticipate that the Sovereign Merger will be consummated during the second quarter of 2017, although delays could occur, subject to the receipt of bank regulatory approvals, approval of Sovereign’s and our respective shareholders, and the satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.
On December 20, 2016, we closed an underwritten public offering in which we sold an aggregate of 4,444,750 shares of our common stock at a price of $22.50 per share (the “Offering”). The Offering was consummated pursuant to an underwriting agreement dated December 15, 2016 with Stephens Inc., as representative of the several underwriters named therein including Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., pursuant to which we agreed to issue and sell 3,865,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $22.50 per share. As part of the Offering, we granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 579,750 shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, and the underwriters elected to exercise the option in full. After deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and with the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option, the net proceeds of the Offering to us were approximately $94.5 million. We intend to use the net proceeds from the Offering to fund the aggregate cash consideration of the Sovereign Merger and for general corporate purposes.
Regulation and Supervision
The U.S. banking industry is highly regulated under federal and state law. These laws and regulations affect the operations and performance of the Company and its subsidiaries. 
Statutes, regulations and policies limit the activities in which the Company may engage and how it conducts certain permitted activities. Further, the bank regulatory system imposes reporting and information collection obligations. The Company incurs significant costs relating to compliance with these laws and regulations. Banking statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by federal and state legislatures and regulatory agencies, and a change in them, including changes in how they are interpreted or implemented, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.
The material statutory and regulatory requirements that are applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries are summarized below. The description below is not intended to summarize all laws and regulations applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries, and is based upon the statutes, regulations, policies, interpretive letters and other written guidance that are in effect as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Bank and Bank Holding Company Regulation
The Bank is a Texas-chartered banking association, the deposits of which are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) up to applicable legal limits. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System; therefore, the Bank is subject to ongoing and comprehensive supervision, regulation, examination and enforcement by the Texas Department of Banking (the “TDB”) and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”).
Any entity that directly or indirectly controls a bank must be approved to become a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (as amended, the “BHC Act”). Bank holding companies are subject to regulation, examination, supervision and enforcement by the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act. The Federal Reserve’s jurisdiction also extends to any company that is directly or indirectly controlled by a bank holding company.

6



As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to ongoing and comprehensive supervision, regulation, examination and enforcement by the Federal Reserve. As a bank holding company of a Texas state chartered bank, the Company is also subject to supervision, regulation, examination and enforcement by the TDB.
Broad Supervision, Examination and Enforcement Powers
A principal objective of the U.S. bank regulatory system is to protect depositors by ensuring the financial safety and soundness of banking organizations. To that end, the banking regulators have broad regulatory, examination and enforcement authority. The regulators regularly examine the operations of banking organizations. In addition, banking organizations are subject to periodic reporting requirements. Insured depository institutions with total assets of $500 million or more must submit annual audit reports prepared by independent auditors to federal and state regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the insured depository institution’s bank holding company can be used to satisfy this requirement. Auditors must receive examination reports, supervisory agreements and reports of enforcement actions.
The regulators have various remedies available if they determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of a banking organization’s operations are unsatisfactory. The regulators may also take action if they determine that the banking organization or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation. The regulators have the power to, among other things:
require affirmative actions to correct any violation or practice;
issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced;
direct increases in capital;
direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets;
limit dividends and distributions;
restrict growth;
assess civil monetary penalties;
remove officers and directors; and
terminate deposit insurance
Engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or failing to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject us and our subsidiaries or their officers, directors and institution-affiliated parties to the remedies described above and other sanctions. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Veritex’s Industry and Regulation”.
The Dodd-Frank Act
On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act imposed significant regulatory and compliance requirements, including the designation of certain financial companies as systemically important financial companies, enhanced oversight of credit rating agencies, the imposition of increased capital, leverage and liquidity requirements, and numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthen safety and soundness within, the financial services sector.
Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established a new framework of authority to conduct systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and the FDIC.
The following items provide a brief description of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that are most relevant to the Company and the Bank.
Source of strength.  Under Federal Reserve policy, bank holding companies have historically been required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to each of their banking subsidiaries, and the Dodd-Frank Act codified this

7



policy as a statutory requirement. As a result of this requirement, in the future we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress.
Mortgage loan origination. The Dodd-Frank Act authorized the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay a residential mortgage loan. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, financial institutions may not make a residential mortgage loan unless they make a “reasonable and good faith determination” that the consumer has a “reasonable ability” to repay the loan. The Dodd-Frank Act allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure but provides a full or partial safe harbor from such defenses for loans that are “qualified mortgages.” The CFPB has promulgated final rules to, among other things, specify the types of income and assets that may be considered in the ability to repay determination, the permissible sources for verification and the required methods of calculating the loan’s monthly payments. The rules extend the requirement that creditors verify and document a borrower’s income and assets to include all information that creditors rely on in determining repayment ability. The rules also provide further examples of third party documents that may be relied on for such verification, such as government records and check cashing or funds transfer service receipts. The new rules became effective on January 10, 2014. The rules also define “qualified mortgages,” imposing both underwriting standards—for example, a borrower’s debt to income ratio may not exceed 43%—and limits on the terms of their loans. Points and fees are subject to a relatively stringent cap, and the terms include a wide array of payments that may be made in the course of closing a loan. Certain loans, including interest only loans and negative amortization loans, cannot be qualified mortgages.
Risk retention. On October 22, 2014, the OCC, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the SEC, the Federal Housing Finance Agency and the Department of Housing and Urban Development issued a final rule in connection with the risk retention requirement mandated by Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The risk retention requirement generally requires a securitizer to retain no less than 5% of the credit risk in assets it sells into a securitization and prohibits a securitizer from directly or indirectly hedging or otherwise transferring the credit risk that the securitizer is required to retain, subject to limited exemptions. One significant exemption is for securities entirely collateralized by “qualified residential mortgages” (“QRMs”), which are loans deemed to have a lower risk of default. The rule defines QRMs to have the same meaning as the term “qualified mortgage,” as defined by the CFPB. In addition, the rule provides for reduced risk retention requirements for qualifying commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and auto loan securitizations.
Imposition of restrictions on certain activities. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes a new regulatory structure on the over-the-counter derivatives market, including requirements for clearing, exchange trading, capital, margin, reporting and record keeping. In addition, certain swaps and other derivatives activities are required to be “pushed out” of insured depository institutions and conducted in separately capitalized non-bank affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires certain persons to register as a “major swap participant,” “swap dealer,” “major security-based swap participant” or a “security-based swap dealer.” The U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission has substantially completed adopting regulations to implement much of the new derivatives regulatory structure of the Dodd-Frank Act. The SEC and other U.S. regulators are still in the process of adopting regulations to implement the new derivatives regulatory structure of the Dodd-Frank Act. With regard to security-based swaps, it is anticipated that this further rulemaking will further clarify, among other things, reporting and recordkeeping obligations, margin and capital requirements, the scope of registration requirements, and what swaps are required to be centrally cleared and exchange-traded. Rules will also be issued to enhance the oversight of clearing and trading entities. As these remaining rules are implemented, new restrictions or limitations may affect our ability to manage certain risks in our business.
Expanded FDIC resolution authority. While insured depository institutions have long been subject to the FDIC’s resolution process, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new mechanism for the FDIC to conduct the orderly liquidation of certain “covered financial companies,” including bank and thrift holding companies and systemically significant non-bank financial companies. Upon certain findings being made, the FDIC may be appointed receiver for a covered financial company, and would conduct an orderly liquidation of the entity. The FDIC liquidation process is modeled on the existing Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) and generally gives the FDIC more discretion than in the traditional bankruptcy context. The FDIC has issued final rules implementing the orderly liquidation authority.
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB, which is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank and thrift consumers. For banking organizations with assets of $10 billion or more, the CFPB has exclusive rule-making, examination, and primary enforcement authority under federal consumer financial laws.  In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB. Compliance with any such new regulations would increase our cost of operations.

8



Deposit insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act made permanent the general $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the FDIA also revised the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base is no longer the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act made changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. Several of these provisions may impact the FDIC deposit insurance premiums paid by the Bank.
Transactions with affiliates and insiders. The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhanced the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and clarification regarding the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivatives transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.
Corporate governance. The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many investor protections, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act: (i) grants shareholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation, (ii) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members, (iii) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation clawback policies for executive officers and (iv) provides the SEC with authority to adopt proxy access rules that would allow shareholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as a director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy materials. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of the provisions of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, (the “JOBS Act”), allowing us to not seek a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.
The requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act are in the process of being implemented and many of the requirements remain subject to regulations implemented over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon the Company more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
The Volcker Rule
On December 10, 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies, together with the SEC and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, adopted a final rule, commonly known as the “Volcker Rule,” under Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act that generally prohibits “banking entities” from engaging in “proprietary trading” and making investments and conducting certain other activities with “private equity funds and hedge funds.” Although the final rule provides some tiering of compliance and reporting obligations based on size, the fundamental prohibitions of the Volcker Rule apply to banking entities of any size, including us and the Bank. The final regulations became effective April 1, 2014; however, at the time the agencies released the final Volcker Rule, the Federal Reserve announced an extension of the conformance period for all banking entities until July 21, 2017.
In response to industry questions regarding the final Volcker Rule, the OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, SEC and CFTC issued a clarifying interim final rule on January 14, 2014, permitting banking entities to retain interests in certain collateralized debt obligations backed by trust preferred securities if the collateralized debt obligations meet certain requirements.
We have reviewed the scope of the Volcker Rule and have determined that we do not have any activities or investments that meet the requirements of the rule at this time.

9



Notice and Approval Requirements Related to Control
Federal and state banking laws impose notice, application, approval or non-objection and ongoing regulatory requirements on any shareholder or other person that controls or seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the BHC Act, the Change in Bank Control Act and the Texas Banking Act. Among other things, these laws require regulatory filings by a shareholder or other person that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. The determination whether a person “controls” a depository institution or its holding company is based on all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment. As a general matter, a person is deemed to control a depository institution or other company if the person owns or controls 25% or more of any class of voting stock. Subject to rebuttal, a person may be presumed to control a depository institution or other company if the person owns or controls 10% or more of any class of voting stock and other regulatory criteria are met. Ownership by affiliated persons, or persons acting in concert, is typically aggregated for these purposes.
In addition, except under limited circumstances, bank holding companies are prohibited from acquiring, without prior approval, control of any other bank or bank holding company or all or substantially all the assets thereof; or more than 5% of the voting shares of a bank or bank holding company which is not already a subsidiary.
Permissible Activities and Investments
Banking laws generally restrict our ability to engage in, or acquire more than 5% of the voting shares of a company engaged in, activities other than those determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”) expanded the scope of permissible activities for a bank holding company that qualifies as a financial holding company. Under the regulations implementing the GLB Act, a financial holding company may engage in additional activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to a financial activity. Those activities include, among other activities, certain insurance and securities activities. Qualifications for becoming a financial holding company include, among other things, meeting certain specified capital standards and achieving certain management ratings in examinations. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies and their subsidiaries must be well-capitalized and well-managed in order for the bank holding company and its nonbank affiliates to engage in the expanded financial activities permissible only for a financial holding company.
In addition, as a general matter, we must receive prior regulatory approval before establishing or acquiring a depository institution or, in certain cases, a non-bank entity.
The Texas Constitution, as amended in 1986, provides that a Texas-chartered bank has the same rights and privileges that are or may be granted to national banks domiciled in Texas. To the extent that the Texas laws and regulations may have allowed state-chartered banks to engage in a broader range of activities than national banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (the “FDICIA”), has operated to limit this authority.
FDICIA provides that no state bank or subsidiary thereof may engage as a principal in any activity not permitted for national banks, unless the institution complies with applicable capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity poses no significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. In general, statutory restrictions on the activities of banks are aimed at protecting the safety and soundness of depository institutions.
Branching
Texas law provides that a Texas-chartered bank can establish a branch anywhere in Texas provided that the branch is approved in advance by the TDB. The branch must also be approved by the Federal Reserve.  The regulators consider a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers. The Dodd-Frank Act permits insured state banks to engage in de novo interstate branching if the laws of the state where the new branch is to be established would permit the establishment of the branch if it were chartered by such state.
Regulatory Capital Requirements and Capital Adequacy
The bank regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. As a general matter, FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain minimum capital relative to the amount and types of assets they hold. The final supervisory determination on an institution’s capital adequacy is based on the regulator’s assessment of numerous factors.  As a bank holding company and a state-chartered member bank, we and the Bank are subject to both risk based and leverage regulatory capital requirements.

10



In 1988, the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, a committee of central banks and bank supervisors (“Basel Committee”), adopted a capital accord, known as Basel I, which established the framework for risk-based capital guidelines implemented by U.S. federal bank regulators.  The federal banking agencies subsequently adopted separate risk-based capital guidelines for so-called “core banks” based upon the revised framework issued by the Basel Committee in November 2005, commonly referred to as Basel II. In 2010, the Basel Committee implemented the revised framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity, referred to as Basel III.
Prior to implementation of revised capital regulations based on the Basel III framework, as discussed below, the Federal Reserve’s system of capital adequacy requirements used a combination of risk-based capital guidelines and a leverage ratio to evaluate capital adequacy and considered these capital levels when taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory activities related to safety and soundness. Assets and off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, were assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weights. Regulatory capital, in turn, was classified in one of two tiers. ‘‘Tier 1’’ capital included common equity, retained earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, most intangible assets and certain other assets. ‘‘Tier 2’’ capital included, among other things, qualifying subordinated debt and allowances for loan and lease losses, subject to limitations. The resulting capital ratios represented capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.
The guidelines required a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% (of which at least 4.0% is required to consist of Tier 1 capital elements). Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.  The leverage ratio is a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its average total consolidated assets. Certain highly rated bank holding companies could maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, but other bank holding companies were required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%.
In July 2013, after a lengthy rulemaking process, the federal banking agencies published final capital rules that revised their risk-based and leverage capital requirements and their method for calculating risk-weighted assets to implement, in part, Basel III agreements reached by the Basel Committee and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. While some provisions are tailored to larger institutions, the revised capital rules generally apply to all banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank. In broad terms, the final regulations increased the required quality and quantity of the capital base, reduced the range of instruments that count as capital and increase the risk-weighted asset assessment for certain types of activities.
Among other things, the final rules impact regulatory capital ratios of banking organizations in the following manner, when fully phased in: create a new requirement to maintain a ratio of “common equity Tier 1 capital” to total risk-weighted assets of not less than 4.5%; increase the minimum leverage capital ratio to 4.0% for all banking organizations; increase the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio from 4.0% to 6.0%; and maintain the minimum total risk-based capital ratio at 8.0%.
In addition, the rules would subject a banking organization to certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the organization did not maintain a “capital conservation buffer” of common equity Tier 1 capital in an amount greater than 2.5% of its total risk-weighted assets. The effect of the capital conservation buffer will be to increase the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio to 7.0%, the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio to 8.5% and the minimum total risk-based capital ratio to 10.5%, for banking organizations seeking to avoid the limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.
The rules also change the capital categories for insured depository institutions for purposes of prompt corrective action. Under the rules, to be well capitalized, an insured depository institution would be required to maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%, and a leverage capital ratio of at least 5.0%. In addition, the final rules establish more conservative standards for including an instrument in regulatory capital and impose certain deductions from and adjustments to the measure of common equity Tier 1 capital.
The final Basel III framework also requires some banks and holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward would be required by regulation. The final rule applies to larger banking organizations and does not cover the Company or the Bank.
Under the final rules, banking organizations were provided a one-time option in their initial regulatory financial report filed after January 1, 2015, to remove certain components of accumulated other comprehensive income from the computation of common equity regulatory capital. For banking organizations with less than $15 billion in total assets, existing trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock continue to be included in regulatory capital while other instruments are disallowed. The final rules also provide additional constraints on the inclusion of minority interests, mortgage servicing assets,

11



deferred tax assets and certain investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions in Tier 1 capital, as well as providing stricter risk weighting rules to these assets. The final rules also provide stricter rules related to the risk weighting of past due and certain commercial real estate loans, as well as on some equity investment exposures, and replaces the existing credit rating approach for determining the risk weighting of securitization exposures with an alternative approach.
The federal banking agencies’ risk-based and leverage ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that meet certain specified criteria. The federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant.  Federal Reserve guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.
The enhanced capital requirements became effective for the Bank and the Company on January 1, 2015, other than the capital conservation buffer, which we began to phase in over four years beginning in 2016. We are continuing to evaluate the long-term effect the new regulations may have on the Bank and the Company.
Prompt Corrective Action
Under the FDIA, the federal bank regulatory agencies must take prompt corrective action against undercapitalized U.S. depository institutions. U.S. depository institutions are assigned one of five capital categories: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized,” and are subjected to different regulation corresponding to the capital category within which the institution falls. A depository institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and the institution is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific level for any capital measure. A depository institution is deemed to be “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater; a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater; and does not meet the criteria for a “well capitalized” bank. A depository institution is “under-capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio less than 4.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. Under certain circumstances, a well-capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution may be treated as if the institution were in the next lower capital category.
A banking institution that is undercapitalized is required to submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount.
Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject the institution to a variety of enforcement remedies by federal bank regulatory agencies, including termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, restrictions on certain business activities, and appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank met the requirements to be “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations.
Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions
As a bank holding company, we are subject to certain restrictions on paying dividends under applicable federal and Texas laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement that provides that a bank holding company should not pay dividends unless (i) its net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries and (iii) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceeds its net income or that can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes, and Basel III results in, additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends.
Substantially all of our income, and a principal source of our liquidity, are dividends from the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us is restricted by federal and state laws, regulations and policies.
Under Federal Reserve regulations, the Bank may pay dividends to us only from net income and retained earnings and may not impair its permanent capital, subject to certain exceptions. Capital adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under the FDIA, an insured depository institution such as the Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized.” The Federal Reserve may further restrict the payment of dividends by requiring the Bank to maintain a higher

12



level of capital than would otherwise be required to be adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes. Payment of dividends by the Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice. As noted above, the capital conservation buffer created under the final capital rules, when fully implemented, may also have the effect of limiting the payment of capital distributions from the Bank.
Reserve Requirements
Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve, all banking organizations are required to maintain average daily reserves at mandated ratios against their transaction accounts. In addition, reserves must be maintained on certain non-personal time deposits. These reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in an account at a Federal Reserve Bank.
Limits on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders
Insured depository institutions are subject to restrictions on their ability to conduct transactions with affiliates and other related parties. Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act imposes quantitative limits, qualitative requirements, and collateral requirements on certain transactions by an insured depository institution with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates. Transactions covered by Section 23A include loans, extensions of credit, investment in securities issued by an affiliate, and acquisitions of assets from an affiliate. Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act requires that most types of transactions by an insured depository institution with, or for the benefit of, an affiliate be on terms substantially the same or at least as favorable to the insured depository institution as if the transaction were conducted with an unaffiliated third party.
As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and a clarification regarding the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. The ability of the Federal Reserve to grant exemptions from these restrictions is also narrowed by the Dodd-Frank Act, including by requiring coordination with other bank regulators.
The Federal Reserve’s Regulation O regulations impose restrictions and procedural requirements in connection with the extension of credit by an insured depository institution to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests.
Brokered Deposits
The FDIA restricts the use of brokered deposits by certain depository institutions. Under the applicable regulations, a “well capitalized insured depository institution” may solicit and accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit without restriction. An “adequately capitalized insured depository institution” may not accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless it has applied for and been granted a waiver of this prohibition by the FDIC. An “undercapitalized insured depository institution” may not accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit. The FDIC may, on a case-by-case basis and upon application by an adequately capitalized insured depository institution, waive the restriction on brokered deposits upon a finding that the acceptance of brokered deposits does not constitute an unsafe or unsound practice with respect to such institution.
Concentrated Commercial Real Estate Lending Guidance
The federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve, have promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (i) total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and non-farm residential properties and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are excluded from this second category. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address the following key elements: board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending. At December 31, 2016, total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represented over 100% of total capital indicating a concentration in commercial real estate lending. At December 31, 2016, our management believes that it is in compliance with the requirements and guidance of federal banking agencies including the Federal Reserve for institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending.    

13



Examination and Examination Fees
The Federal Reserve periodically examines and evaluates state member banks. Based on such an evaluation, the Bank, among other things, may be required to revalue its assets and establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference between the Bank’s assessment and that of the Federal Reserve. The TDB also conducts examinations of state banks but may accept the results of a federal examination in lieu of conducting an independent examination. In addition, the Federal Reserve and TDB may elect to conduct a joint examination. The TDB charges fees to recover the costs of examining Texas chartered banks, as well as filing fees for certain applications and other filings. The Dodd-Frank Act provides various agencies with the authority to assess additional supervision fees.
Deposit Insurance and Deposit Insurance Assessments
The FDIC is an independent federal agency that insures the deposits of federally insured depository institutions up to applicable limits. The FDIC also has certain regulatory, examination and enforcement powers with respect to FDIC-insured institutions. The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits. As a general matter, the maximum deposit insurance amount is $250 thousand per depositor. FDIC-insured depository institutions are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment for institutions with less than $10 billion in assets is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk based assessment system, with certain adjustments for any unsecured debt or brokered deposits held by the insured bank. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators. Institutions assigned to higher risk categories (that is, institutions that pose a higher risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on a combination of its financial ratios and supervisory ratings, reflecting, among other things, its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern that the institution poses to the regulators.
Deposit insurance assessments fund the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is currently underfunded. As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act changed the way an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums are calculated. Continued action by the FDIC to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund, as well as these changes, may impact assessment rates, which could impact the profitability of the Company’s operations.
Depositor Preference
The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution (including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If the Company invests in or acquires an insured depository institution that fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the Company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.
Anti-Money Laundering and OFAC
Under federal law, financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls, a designated compliance officer, an ongoing employee training program and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and customer identification in their dealings with non-U.S. financial institutions and non-U.S. customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions.
Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s compliance with such obligations in connection with the regulatory review of applications, including applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. The regulatory authorities have imposed “cease and desist” orders and civil money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.
The U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of persons, organizations and countries suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. If the Company or the Bank finds a name on any transaction,

14



account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, the Company or the Bank must freeze or block such account or transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.
Consumer Laws and Regulations
Banking organizations are subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers. These laws include, among others:
Truth in Lending Act;
Truth in Savings Act;
Electronic Funds Transfer Act;
Expedited Funds Availability Act;
Equal Credit Opportunity Act;
Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act;
Fair Housing Act;
Fair Credit Reporting Act;
Fair Debt Collection Act;
The GLB Act;
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act;
Right to Financial Privacy Act;
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act;
Uniform Residential Loan Application;
laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices; and
usury laws.
Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous to, and in addition to, those listed above. These federal, state and local laws regulate the manner in which financial institutions deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, or conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general and civil or criminal liability. The creation of the CFPB by the Dodd-Frank Act has led to enhanced enforcement of consumer financial protection laws.
The Community Reinvestment Act
The Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”) and related regulations are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service areas, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operations. The bank regulators examine and assign each bank a public CRA rating. The CRA requires bank regulators to take into account the bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering an application by a bank to establish or relocate a branch or to conduct certain mergers or acquisitions. The Federal Reserve is required to consider the CRA records of a bank holding company’s controlled banks when considering an application by the bank holding company to acquire a banking organization or to merge with another bank holding company. When we or the Bank apply for regulatory approval to engage in certain transactions, the regulators will consider the CRA record of target institutions and our depository institution subsidiaries. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay approval or result in denial of an application. The regulatory agency’s assessment of the institution’s record is made available to the public. The Bank received an overall CRA rating of “satisfactory” on its most recent CRA examination.

15



Changes in Laws, Regulations or Policies
Federal, state and local legislators and regulators regularly introduce measures or take actions that would modify the regulatory requirements applicable to banks, their holding companies and other financial institutions. Changes in laws, regulations or regulatory policies could adversely affect the operating environment for us in substantial and unpredictable ways, increase our cost of doing business, impose new restrictions on the way in which the Company conducts its operations or add significant operational constraints that might impair the Company’s profitability. Whether new legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the Company and its subsidiaries’ business, financial condition or results of operations cannot be predicted. The majority of these changes will be implemented over time by various regulatory agencies. The full effect that these changes will have on us and our subsidiaries remains uncertain at this time and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.
Effect on Economic Environment
The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve, have a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on borrowings and changes in reserve requirements with respect to deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. Federal Reserve monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The Company cannot predict the nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on its business and earnings.
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K, including the disclosures in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” We believe the risks described below are the risks that are material to us as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, you could experience a partial or complete loss of your investment.
Risks Related to Veritex’s Business
Veritex’s business concentration in Texas, specifically the Dallas metropolitan area, imposes risks and may magnify the consequences of any regional or local economic downturn affecting the Dallas metropolitan area, including any downturn in the real estate sector.
Veritex conducts operations in the Dallas metropolitan area. As of December 31, 2016, the substantial majority of the loans in Veritex’s loan portfolio were made to borrowers who live and/or conduct business in the Dallas metropolitan area and the substantial majority of secured loans were secured by collateral located in the Dallas metropolitan area. Accordingly, Veritex is significantly exposed to risks associated with a lack of geographic diversification. The economic conditions in the Dallas metropolitan area are highly dependent on the real estate sector as well as the technology, financial services, insurance, transportation, manufacturing and energy sectors. Any downturn or adverse development in these sectors, particularly the real estate sector, or a decline in the value of single-family homes in the Dallas metropolitan area, could have a material adverse impact on Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations, and future prospects. Any adverse economic developments, among other things, could negatively affect the volume of loan originations, increase the level of nonperforming assets, increase the rate of foreclosure losses on loans and reduce the value of loans in Veritex’s portfolio. The significant decline in oil prices experienced since late 2014 and the current volatility in oil prices has, and is expected to continue to have, a significant impact on the overall Texas economy. Any regional or local economic downturn that affects the Dallas metropolitan area or Texas generally, Veritex’s existing or prospective borrowers or property values in its market areas, may affect Veritex and its profitability more significantly and more adversely than its competitors whose operations are less geographically focused.
Veritex may be unable to implement aspects of its growth strategy, which may affect its ability to maintain historical earnings trends.
Veritex’s business has grown rapidly. Financial institutions that grow rapidly can experience significant difficulties as a result of rapid growth. Furthermore, Veritex’s strategy focuses on organic growth, supplemented by acquisitions. Veritex may be

16



unable to execute on aspects of its growth strategy to sustain its historical rate of growth or may be unable to grow at all. More specifically, Veritex may be unable to generate sufficient new loans and deposits within acceptable risk and expense tolerances, obtain the personnel or funding necessary for additional growth or find suitable acquisition candidates. Various factors, such as economic conditions and competition, may impede or prohibit the growth of Veritex’s operations, the opening of new branches and the consummation of acquisitions. Further, Veritex may be unable to attract and retain experienced bankers, which could adversely affect its growth. The success of Veritex’s strategy also depends on its ability to effectively manage growth, which is dependent upon a number of factors, including the ability to adapt existing credit, operational, technology and governance infrastructure to accommodate expanded operations. If Veritex fails to build infrastructure sufficient to support rapid growth or fails to implement one or more aspects of its strategy, Veritex may be unable to maintain historical earnings trends, which could have an adverse effect on Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex’s strategy of pursuing acquisitions exposes it to financial, execution and operational risks that could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
Veritex intends to continue pursuing a strategy that includes acquisitions. An acquisition strategy involves significant risks, including the following:
finding suitable candidates for acquisition;
attracting funding to support additional growth within acceptable risk tolerances;
maintaining asset quality;
retaining customers and key personnel, including bankers;
obtaining necessary regulatory approvals, which Veritex may have difficulty obtaining or be unable to obtain;
conducting adequate due diligence and managing known and unknown risks and uncertainties;
integrating acquired businesses; and
maintaining adequate regulatory capital
The market for acquisition targets is highly competitive, which may adversely affect Veritex’s ability to find acquisition candidates that fit its strategy and standards. Veritex faces significant competition in pursuing acquisition targets from other banks and financial institutions, many of which possess greater financial, human, technical and other resources than Veritex. Veritex’s ability to compete in acquiring target institutions will depend on the financial resources available to fund the acquisitions, including the amount of cash and cash equivalents and the liquidity and market price of Veritex common stock. In addition, increased competition may also drive up the acquisition consideration that Veritex will be required to pay in order to successfully capitalize on attractive acquisition opportunities. To the extent that Veritex is unable to find suitable acquisition targets, an important component of its growth strategy may not be realized.
Acquisitions of financial institutions also involve operational risks and uncertainties, such as unknown or contingent liabilities with no available manner of recourse, exposure to unexpected problems such as asset quality, the retention of key employees and customers and other issues that could negatively affect Veritex’s business. Veritex may not be able to complete future acquisitions or, if completed, may not be able to successfully integrate the operations, technology platforms, management, products and services of the entities acquired or realize a reduction of redundancies. The integration process may also require significant time and attention from Veritex’s management that would otherwise be directed toward servicing existing business and developing new business. Failure to successfully integrate the entities Veritex acquires into its existing operations in a timely manner may increase its operating costs significantly and adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values and, therefore, some dilution of Veritex’s tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future acquisition, and the carrying amount of any goodwill that is currently maintained or that may be acquired may be subject to impairment in future periods.

17



Veritex’s ability to retain bankers and recruit additional successful bankers is critical to the success of its business strategy, and any failure to do so could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
Veritex’s ability to retain and grow loans, deposits and fee income depends upon the business generation capabilities, reputation and relationship management skills of its bankers. If Veritex were to lose the services of any of its bankers, including successful bankers employed by banks that Veritex may acquire, to a new or existing competitor or otherwise, Veritex may not be able to retain valuable relationships and some of its customers could choose to use the services of a competitor instead.
Veritex’s growth strategy also relies on its ability to attract and retain additional profitable bankers. Veritex may face difficulties in recruiting and retaining bankers of the desired caliber, including as a result of competition from other financial institutions. In particular, many of Veritex’s competitors are significantly larger with greater financial resources, and may be able to offer more attractive compensation packages and broader career opportunities. Additionally, Veritex may incur significant expenses and expend significant time and resources on training, integration and business development before it is able to determine whether a new banker will be profitable or effective. If Veritex is unable to attract and retain successful bankers, or if its bankers fail to meet expectations in terms of customer relationships and profitability, Veritex may be unable to execute its business strategy and its business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects may be adversely affected.
Loss of any of Veritex’s executive officers or other key employees could impair relationships with its customers and adversely affect its business.
Veritex’s success is dependent upon the continued service and skills of its executive management team. Veritex’s goals, strategies and marketing efforts are closely tied to the banking philosophy and strengths of its executive management, including Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, C. Malcolm Holland, III, and Vice Chairman, William C. Murphy. Veritex’s success is also dependent in part on the continued service of its market presidents and relationship managers. The loss of services of any of these key personnel could adversely affect Veritex’s business because of their skills, years of industry experience, relationships with customers and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. Veritex cannot guarantee that these executive officers or key employees will continue to be employed with them in the future.
Veritex has a limited operating history and, accordingly, investors will have little basis on which to evaluate its ability to achieve its business objectives.
Veritex was formed as a bank holding company in 2009 and commenced banking operations in 2010. Accordingly, Veritex has a limited operating history upon which to evaluate its business and future prospects. As a result, it is difficult, if not impossible, to predict future operating results and to assess the likelihood of the success of Veritex’s business. As a relatively young financial institution, Veritex Bank is also subject to risks and levels of risk that are often greater than those encountered by financial institutions with longer established operations and relationships. New financial institutions often require significant capital from sources other than operations. Since Veritex is a relatively young financial institution, its management team and employees will shoulder the burdens of the business operations and a workload associated with business growth and capitalization that is disproportionately greater than a more mature, established financial institution.
The relatively unseasoned nature of a significant portion of Veritex’s loan portfolio may expose it to increased credit risks.
The business of lending is inherently risky, including risks that the principal of or interest on any loan will not be repaid timely or at all or that the value of any collateral supporting the loan will be insufficient to cover Veritex’s outstanding exposure. Veritex’s loan portfolio has grown to $991.9 million as of December 31, 2016, from $100.9 million as of December 31, 2010. A portion of this growth is related to a combination of organic growth and loans acquired in connection with acquisitions. The organic portion of this increase is due to increased loan production in a strong market. It is difficult to assess the future performance of acquired or recently originated loans because Veritex’s relatively limited experience with such loans does not provide it with a significant payment history from which to judge future collectability. These loans may experience higher delinquency or charge-off levels than Veritex’s historical loan portfolio experience, which could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Uncertain market conditions and economic trends could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex is operating in an uncertain economic environment, including generally uncertain conditions nationally and locally in its industry and market. Financial institutions continue to be affected by volatility in the real estate market in some parts of the country and uncertain regulatory and interest rate conditions. Veritex retains direct exposure to the residential and commercial real estate market in Texas, particularly in the Dallas metropolitan area, and is affected by these events.

18



Veritex’s ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in its loan portfolio is made more complex by uncertain market and economic conditions. Veritex’s risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of its loans within specific industries and its credit approval practices, may not adequately reduce credit risk, and its credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of the loan portfolio. A national economic recession or deterioration of conditions in Veritex’s market could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in its allowance for loan losses and result in one or more of the following consequences:
increases in loan delinquencies;
increases in nonperforming assets and foreclosures;
decreases in demand for Veritex’s products and services, which could adversely affect its liquidity position; and
decreases in the value of the collateral securing Veritex’s loans, especially real estate, which could reduce customers’ borrowing power and repayment ability
Declines in real estate values, volume of home sales and financial stress on borrowers as a result of the uncertain economic environment, including job losses, could have an adverse effect on Veritex’s borrowers and/or their customers, which could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The small to medium-sized businesses that Veritex lends to may have fewer resources to weather adverse business developments, which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan, and such impairment could adversely affect Veritex’s results of operations and financial condition.
Veritex focuses its business development and marketing strategy primarily on small to medium-sized businesses. Small to medium-sized businesses frequently have smaller market shares than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may experience substantial volatility in operating results, any of which characteristics may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan. In addition, the success of a small and medium-sized business often depends on the management skills, talents and efforts of one or two people or a small group of people, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these people could have a material adverse impact on the business and its ability to repay its loan. If general economic conditions negatively impact the Dallas metropolitan area or Texas generally and small to medium-sized businesses are adversely affected or Veritex’s borrowers are otherwise affected by adverse business developments, Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Veritex’s allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in its loan portfolio, which could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex establishes allowance for loan losses and maintains it at a level considered adequate by management to absorb probable loan losses based on its analysis of the loan portfolio and market environment. The allowance for loan losses represents Veritex’s estimate of probable losses in the portfolio at each balance sheet date and is based upon relevant information available to Veritex. Veritex’s allowance for loan losses consists of a general component based upon probable but unidentified losses inherent in the portfolio and a specific component based on individual loans that are considered impaired. The general component is based on various factors including historical loss experience, historical loss experience for peer banks, growth trends, loan concentrations, migration trends between internal loan risk ratings, current economic conditions and other qualitative factors. The specific component of the allowance for loan losses is calculated based on a review of individual loans considered impaired. The analysis of impaired losses may be based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the effective loan rate, an observable market price or the fair value of the underlying collateral on collateral dependent loans. In determining the collectability of certain loans, management also considers the fair value of any underlying collateral. The amount ultimately realized may differ from the carrying value of these assets because of economic, operating or other conditions beyond Veritex’s control, and any such differences may be material.
As of December 31, 2016, Veritex’s allowance for loan losses was 0.86% of its total loans. Loans acquired are initially recorded at fair value, which includes an estimate of credit losses expected to be realized over the remaining lives of the loans, and therefore no corresponding allowance for loan losses is recorded for these loans at acquisition. Additional loan losses may occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than Veritex has previously experienced. Veritex may be required to take additional provisions for loan losses in the future to further supplement the allowance for loan losses, either due to management’s decision to do so or requirements by its banking regulators. In addition, bank regulatory agencies will periodically review the allowance for loan losses and the value attributed to non-accrual loans or to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory

19



agencies may require Veritex to recognize future charge-offs. These adjustments could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
A large portion of Veritex’s loan portfolio consists of commercial loans secured by receivables, promissory notes, inventory, equipment or other commercial collateral, the deterioration in value of which could increase the potential for future losses.
As of December 31, 2016, $291.4 million or 29.4% of Veritex’s total loans, consisted of commercial loans to businesses. In general, these loans are collateralized by general business assets including, among other things, accounts receivable, promissory notes, inventory and equipment and most are backed by a personal guaranty of the borrower or principal. These commercial loans are typically larger in amount than loans to individuals and, therefore, have the potential for larger losses on a single loan basis. Additionally, the repayment of commercial loans is subject to the ongoing business operations of the borrower. The collateral securing such loans generally includes moveable property such as equipment and inventory, which may decline in value more rapidly than Veritex anticipates exposing it to increased credit risk. A significant portion of Veritex’s commercial loans are secured by promissory notes that evidence loans made by Veritex to borrowers that in turn make loans to others that are secured by real estate. Accordingly, negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of the collateral securing these loans. Significant adverse changes in the economy or local market conditions in which Veritex’s commercial lending customers operate could cause rapid declines in loan collectability and the values associated with general business assets resulting in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose Veritex to credit losses and could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex’s commercial real estate and construction and land loan portfolios expose it to credit risks that could be greater than the risks related to other types of loans.
As of December 31, 2016, $370.7 million, or 37.4% of total loans, consisted of commerical real estate loans (including owner occupied commercial real estate loans) and $162.6 million, or 16.4% of total loans, consisted of construction and land loans. These loans typically involve repayment dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. The availability of such income for repayment may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. These loans expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by other types of collateral because the collateral securing these loans is typically more difficult to liquidate due to the fluctuation of real estate values. Additionally, non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans generally involve relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of Veritex’s non-owner occupied commercial real estate loan portfolio could require it to increase the allowance for loan losses, which would reduce profitability and could have a material adverse effect on Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Construction and land loans also involve risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are secured by a project under construction, and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. It can be difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project, and construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If Veritex is forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, it may be unable to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, Veritex may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time, any of which could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Because a significant portion of its loan portfolio consists of real estate loans, negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of collateral securing Veritex’s real estate loans and result in loan and other losses.
As of December 31, 2016, $696.4 million, or 70.2% of total loans, consisted of loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. As a result, adverse developments affecting real estate values in the Dallas metropolitan area or Texas generally could increase the credit risk associated with Veritex’s real estate loan portfolio. Real estate values in many Texas markets have experienced periods of fluctuation over the last five years. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time. Adverse changes affecting real estate values and the liquidity of real estate in one or more of Veritex’s markets could increase the credit risk associated with Veritex’s loan portfolio, and could result in losses that adversely affect credit quality, financial condition, and results of operation. Negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity in Veritex’s market areas could significantly impair the value of property pledged as collateral on loans and affect its ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses. Collateral may have to be sold for less than the outstanding balance of the loan, which could result in losses on such loans. Such declines and losses could have a material adverse impact on Veritex’s business, results of operations and growth prospects. If real estate values decline, it is also more likely that

20



Veritex would be required to increase the allowance for loan losses, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex may be subject to additional credit risk with respect to loans that it makes to other lenders.
As a part of its commercial lending activities, Veritex makes loans to customers that, in turn, make loans to other borrowers. When Veritex makes a loan of this nature, it takes as collateral the promissory notes issued by the end borrowers to Veritex’s customer, which are themselves secured by underlying collateral. The loans Veritex makes to these lenders are also guaranteed by affiliates of Veritex’s customers and are subject to funding covenants that it regularly monitors. As of December 31, 2016, these loans totaled $78.3 million and were included in Veritex’s commercial loan portfolio. Of the $78.3 million, loans to customers that made commercial and residential real estate loans to other borrowers totaled $55.7 million and loans to customers where the underlying notes were secured by other non-real estate related assets totaled $22.6 million. The ability of customers to repay their loans from Veritex may be adversely affected if the end borrowers do not repay Veritex’s customers.
Although the loans to Veritex’s customers are subject to the risks inherent in commercial lending generally, Veritex is also exposed to additional risks, including those related to commercial and residential real estate lending, as the ability of the customer to repay the loan can be affected by the risks associated with the value and liquidity of the real estate underlying the customer’s loans to the end borrowers. Moreover, because Veritex is not lending directly to the end borrower, and because its collateral is a promissory note rather than the underlying real estate, for example, Veritex may be subject to risks that are different from those it is exposed to when it makes a loan directly that is secured by commercial or residential real estate. For example, Veritex’s ability to exercise control over the relationship with the end borrower and the underlying collateral is limited by the terms of the applicable loan agreements, and therefore its ability to proceed directly against the end borrower or underlying collateral may be delayed and could adversely affect recovery. If Veritex’s customers do not repay their loans and the value of any collateral supporting the loan is insufficient to cover Veritex’s outstanding exposure, Veritex would experience credit losses that adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex has a concentration of loans outstanding to a limited number of borrowers, which may increase its risk of loss.
Veritex has extended significant amounts of credit to a limited number of borrowers, and as of December 31, 2016, the aggregate amount of loans to its 10 and 25 largest borrowers (including related entities) amounted to $137.5 million, or 13.9% of total loans, and $267.9 million, or 27.0% of total loans, respectively. As of such date, none of these loans were nonperforming loans. Concentration of a significant amount of credit extended to a limited number of borrowers increases the risk in Veritex’s loan portfolio. If one or more of these borrowers is unable to make payments of interest and principal in respect of such loans, the potential loss to Veritex is more likely to have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
A  lack of liquidity could impair Veritex’s ability to fund operations and adversely affect its operations and jeopardize its business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Liquidity is essential to Veritex’s business. Veritex relies on its ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of loans and investment securities, respectively, to ensure that it has adequate liquidity to fund operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of Veritex’s investment securities, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on its liquidity.
Veritex’s most important source of funds is deposits. Deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments such as money market funds, Veritex would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing funding costs and reducing net interest income and net income.
Other primary sources of funds consist of cash flows from operations, maturities and sales of investment securities, and proceeds from the issuance and sale of Veritex equity and debt securities to investors. Additional liquidity is provided by the ability to borrow from Veritex’s brokered deposit network, which includes the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, or the FHLB, and the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, or the FRB. Veritex also may borrow funds from third-party lenders, such as other financial institutions. Access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize its activities, or on acceptable terms, could be impaired by factors that affect Veritex directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. Veritex’s access to funding sources could also be affected by a decrease in the level of business activity as a result of a downturn in the Dallas metropolitan area or by one or more adverse regulatory actions against it.

21



Any decline in available funding could adversely impact Veritex’s ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet its expenses or fulfill obligations such as repaying borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on liquidity and could, in turn, adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex may need to raise additional capital in the future, and if it fails to maintain sufficient capital, whether due to losses, an inability to raise additional capital or otherwise, Veritex’s financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as the ability to maintain regulatory compliance, could be adversely affected.
Veritex faces significant capital and other regulatory requirements as a financial institution. Veritex may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet its commitments and business needs, which could include the possibility of financing acquisitions. In addition, Veritex, on a consolidated basis, and Veritex Bank, on a stand-alone basis, must meet certain regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. Importantly, regulatory capital requirements could increase from current levels, which could require Veritex to raise additional capital or reduce its operations. Veritex’s ability to raise additional capital depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, market conditions and governmental activities, and on Veritex’s financial condition and performance. Accordingly, Veritex may be unable to raise additional capital if needed or on acceptable terms. If Veritex fails to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, its liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Interest rate shifts could reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact Veritex’s financial condition and results of operations.
The majority of Veritex’s banking assets are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, Veritex’s earnings and cash flows depend to a great extent upon the level of net interest income, or the difference between the interest income earned on loans, investments and other interest-earning assets, and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Changes in interest rates can increase or decrease net interest income because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in interest rates could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. As of December 31, 2016, 43.4% of assets and 52.5% of liabilities are variable rate. Veritex’s interest sensitivity profile was asset sensitive as of December 31, 2016, meaning that it estimates net interest income would increase more from rising interest rates than from falling interest rates.
Additionally, an increase in interest rates may, among other things, reduce the demand for loans and Veritex’s ability to originate loans and decrease loan repayment rates. A decrease in the general level of interest rates may affect Veritex through, among other things, increased prepayments on its loan portfolio and increased competition for deposits. Accordingly, changes in the level of market interest rates affect Veritex’s net yield on interest-earning assets, loan origination volume, loan portfolio and overall results. Although Veritex’s asset-liability management strategy is designed to control and mitigate exposure to the risks related to changes in market interest rates, those rates are affected by many factors outside of Veritex’s control, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, deflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the money supply, international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.
Veritex could recognize losses on investment securities held in its securities portfolio, particularly if interest rates increase or economic and market conditions deteriorate.
While Veritex attempts to invest a significant percentage of its assets in loans (its loan to deposit ratio was 88.6% as of December 31, 2016), it also invests a percentage of its total assets in investment securities (7.3% as of December 31, 2016) with the primary objectives of providing a source of liquidity, providing an appropriate return on funds invested, managing interest rate risk, meeting pledging requirements and meeting regulatory capital requirements. As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of Veritex’s securities portfolio was $102.6 million, which included a net unrealized loss of $1.9 million. Factors beyond Veritex’s control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in its portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. For example, fixed-rate securities are generally subject to decreases in market value when interest rates rise. Additional factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or individual borrowers with respect to the underlying securities, and continued instability in the credit markets. Any of the foregoing factors could cause other-than-temporary impairment in future periods and result in realized losses. The process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest

22



payments on the security. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting interest rates, the financial condition of issuers of the securities and the performance of the underlying collateral, Veritex may recognize realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods, which could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex faces strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Veritex conducts operations exclusively in Texas and particularly in the Dallas metropolitan area. Many of Veritex’s competitors offer the same, or a wider variety of, banking services within the same market area. These competitors include banks with nationwide operations, regional banks and other community banks. Veritex also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings banks, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based non-bank lenders and certain other non-financial entities, such as retail stores which may maintain their own credit programs and certain governmental organizations which may offer more favorable financing or deposit terms than Veritex can. In addition, a number of out-of-state financial intermediaries have opened production offices, or otherwise solicit deposits, in its market area. Increased competition in Veritex’s market may result in reduced loans and deposits, as well as reduced net interest margin, fee income and profitability. Ultimately, Veritex may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If it is unable to attract and retain banking customers, Veritex may be unable to continue to grow loan and deposit portfolios, and its business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Veritex’s ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:
the ability to develop, maintain and build long‑term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets;
the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;
the rate at which Veritex introduces new products and services relative to its competitors;
customer satisfaction with Veritex’s level of service;
the ability to expand Veritex’s market position; and
industry and general economic trends.
Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken Veritex’s competitive position, which could adversely affect its growth and profitability, which, in turn, could adversely effect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Negative public opinion regarding Veritex or Veritex’s failure to maintain its reputation in the community could adversely affect its business and prevent Veritex from continuing to grow its business.
As a community bank, Veritex’s reputation within the community it serves is critical to its success. Veritex has set itself apart from competitors by building strong personal and professional relationships with customers and being active members of the communities Veritex serves. As such, Veritex strives to enhance its reputation by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share its core values of being an integral part of the communities Veritex serves and delivering superior service to its customers. If Veritex’s reputation is negatively affected by the actions of its employees or otherwise, Veritex may be less successful in attracting new customers, and its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Further, negative public opinion can expose Veritex to litigation and regulatory action as it seeks to implement its growth strategy.
If Veritex fails to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, it may not be able to accurately report its financial results or prevent fraud.
Ensuring that Veritex has adequate disclosure controls and procedures, including internal control over financial reporting, in place so that it can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is costly and time-consuming and needs to be reevaluated frequently. Veritex is in the process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving its internal controls and procedures since becoming a public company and being subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting and, when Veritex ceases to be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, a report by its independent auditors addressing these assessments. Veritex’s management may conclude that its internal control over financial reporting is not effective due to its failure to cure any identified material weakness or otherwise. Moreover, even if Veritex’s management concludes

23



that its internal control over financial reporting is effective, Veritex’s independent registered public accounting firm may not conclude that its internal control over financial reporting is effective. In the future, Veritex’s independent registered public accounting firm may not be satisfied with its internal control over financial reporting or the level at which its controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or it may interpret the relevant requirements differently from Veritex. In addition, during the course of the evaluation, documentation and testing of Veritex’s internal control over financial reporting, Veritex may identify deficiencies that it may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the SEC for compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Any such deficiencies may also subject Veritex to adverse regulatory consequences. If Veritex fails to achieve and maintain the adequacy of its internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, Veritex may be unable to report its financial information on a timely basis, it may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that it has effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and it may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of listing standards. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of Veritex’s financial statements.
Veritex is subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.
Employee errors and employee or customer misconduct could subject Veritex to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm its reputation. Misconduct by Veritex’s employees could include hiding unauthorized activities, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions Veritex takes to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject Veritex to financial claims for negligence.
Veritex maintains a system of internal controls to mitigate against operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud, as well as insurance coverage designed to protect it from material losses associated with these risks including losses resulting from any associated business interruption. If these internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, Veritex relies heavily upon information supplied by third parties, including the information contained in credit applications, property appraisals, title information, equipment pricing and valuation and employment and income documentation, in deciding which loans to originate, as well as the terms of those loans. If any of the information upon which Veritex relies is misrepresented, either fraudulently or inadvertently, and the misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, the value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected, or Veritex may fund a loan that it would not have funded or on terms it would not have extended. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the applicant or another third party, Veritex will generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. A loan subject to a material misrepresentation is typically unsellable or subject to repurchase if it is sold prior to detection of the misrepresentation. The sources of the misrepresentations are often difficult to locate, and recovery of any of the resulting monetary losses Veritex may suffer could be difficult.
Veritex has a continuing need for technological change and may not have the resources to effectively implement new technology, or may experience operational challenges when implementing new technology.
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Veritex’s future success will depend, at least in part, upon its ability to address the needs of customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in operations as it continues to grow and expand the products and services offered. Veritex may experience operational challenges as it implements these new technology enhancements or products, which could result in an inability to fully realize the anticipated benefits from such new technology or significant costs to remedy any such challenges in a timely manner.
Many of Veritex’s larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or superior products compared to those that Veritex will be able to provide, which would put it at a competitive disadvantage. Accordingly, Veritex may lose customers seeking new technology-driven products and services to the extent it is unable to provide such products and services.

24



Veritex’s operations could be interrupted if third-party service providers experience difficulty, terminate their services or fail to comply with banking regulations.
Veritex depends on a number of relationships with third-party service providers. Specifically, Veritex receives certain third-party services including, but not limited to, core systems processing, essential web hosting and other Internet systems, online banking services, deposit processing and other processing services. Veritex’s operations could be interrupted if any of these third-party service providers experience difficulties, or terminate their services, and Veritex is unable to replace them with other service providers, particularly on a timely basis. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected, perhaps materially. Even if Veritex is able to replace third-party service providers, it may be at a higher cost to it, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
System failure or breaches of Veritex’s network security could subject it to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.
The computer systems and network infrastructure Veritex uses, including the systems and infrastructure of third-party service providers, could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Veritex’s operations are dependent upon its ability to protect its computer equipment, and the information stored therein, against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes breakdowns or disruptions in Veritex’s general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems could damage its reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject it to additional regulatory scrutiny, including enforcement action that could restrict its operations, or expose Veritex to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on it. Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through Veritex’s computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to Veritex and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with Veritex. In addition, advances in computer capabilities could result in a compromise or breach of the systems Veritex and its third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data. A failure of such security measures could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
If the goodwill that Veritex has recorded or may record in connection with a business acquisition becomes impaired, it could require charges to earnings, which would adversely effect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Goodwill represents the amount by which the cost of an acquisition exceeded the fair value of net assets acquired in connection with the purchase of another financial institution. Veritex reviews goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if a triggering event occurs which indicates that the carrying value of the asset might be impaired. Veritex utilizes a two-step process to test for impairment of goodwill. Under the first step, the estimation of fair value of Veritex’s one reporting unit is compared to its carrying value including goodwill. If step one indicates a potential impairment, the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in Veritex’s results of operations in the periods in which they become known. As of December 31, 2016, goodwill totaled $26.9 million. Although Veritex has not recorded any impairment charges since the goodwill was initially recorded, future evaluations of existing goodwill or goodwill acquired in the future may result in findings of impairment and related write-downs, which could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex may be subject to environmental liabilities in connection with the foreclosure on real estate assets securing its loan portfolio.
Hazardous or toxic substances or other environmental hazards may be located on the properties that secure Veritex’s loans. If Veritex acquires such properties as a result of foreclosure or otherwise, it could become subject to various environmental liabilities. For example, Veritex could be held liable for the cost of cleaning up or otherwise addressing contamination at or from these properties. Veritex could also be held liable to a governmental entity or third party for property damage, personal injury or other claims relating to any environmental contamination at or from these properties. In addition, Veritex owns and operates certain properties that may be subject to similar environmental liability risks. Although Veritex has policies and procedures that are designed to mitigate against certain environmental risks, it may not detect all environmental hazards associated with these properties. If Veritex were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

25



Risks Related to Veritex’s Industry and Regulation
The ongoing implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law, and the process of implementation is ongoing. The Dodd-Frank Act imposed significant regulatory and compliance changes on many industries, including Veritex’s.  Significant uncertainty continues to surround the manner in which the various regulatory agencies ultimately will implement the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, and the full extent of the impact of the requirements on Veritex’s operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of Veritex’s business activities, require changes to certain of its business practices, require the development of new compliance infrastructure, impose upon Veritex more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect its business. These changes may also require Veritex to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements or with any future changes in laws or regulations could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex operates in a highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern its operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in them, or failure to comply with them, could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Veritex is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and legal requirements that govern almost all aspects of its operations. These laws and regulations are not intended to protect Veritex shareholders. Rather, these laws and regulations are intended to protect customers, depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund, and the overall financial stability of the United States. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which Veritex can engage, limit the dividend or distributions that the Bank can pay to Veritex, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee Veritex’s debt, and impose certain specific accounting requirements on Veritex that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in its capital than generally accepted accounting principles would require. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. Veritex’s failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject it to restrictions on its business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect its results of operations, capital base and the price of its securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
State and federal banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of Veritex’s business, including compliance with laws and regulations, and failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which Veritex is or may become subject as a result of such examinations could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Texas and federal banking agencies, including the TDB and the Federal Reserve, periodically conduct examinations of Veritex’s business, including compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a Texas or federal banking agency were to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of Veritex’s operations had become unsatisfactory, or that Veritex, the Bank or their respective management were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to prohibit “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in Veritex’s capital levels, to restrict its growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against Veritex, the Bank or their respective officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance upon notice and hearing. If Veritex becomes subject to such regulatory actions, its business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation could be adversely affected.
Many of Veritex’s new activities and expansion plans require regulatory approvals, and failure to obtain them may restrict future growth.
Veritex intends to complement and expand its business by pursuing strategic acquisitions of financial institutions and other complementary businesses. Generally, Veritex must receive state and federal regulatory approval before it can acquire a depository institution insured by the FDIC or related business. In determining whether to approve a proposed acquisition, federal banking regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, Veritex’s financial condition, its future prospects and the impact of the proposal on U.S. financial stability. The regulators also review current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance

26



under the CRA) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. Such regulatory approvals may not be granted on terms that are acceptable to it, or at all. Veritex may also be required to sell branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to it or, if acceptable to it, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition.
In addition to the acquisition of existing financial institutions, as opportunities arise, Veritex plans to continue de novo branching as a part of its organic growth strategy. De novo branching and any acquisitions carry with them numerous risks, including the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals. The failure to obtain these regulatory approvals for potential future strategic acquisitions and de novo branches could impact Veritex’s business plans and restrict its growth.
Financial institutions, such as the Bank, face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.
The Bank Secrecy Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Department, to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements, and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the sanctions programs and rules administered and enforced by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.
In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area, Veritex has dedicated significant resources to its Bank Secrecy Act anti-money laundering programs. If its policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, Veritex could be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of its business plans, including acquisitions and de novo branching.
Veritex is subject to the CRA and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.
The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the CFPB, the Justice Department and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, and restrictions on expansion activity. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation.
The FDIC’s restoration plan and the related increased assessment rate could adversely affect Veritex’s earnings and results of operations.
As a result of economic conditions and the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has increased deposit insurance assessment rates, which in turn raised deposit premiums for many insured depository institutions. If these increases are insufficient for the Deposit Insurance Fund to meet its funding requirements, special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums may be required. Veritex is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that it is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional financial institution failures that affect the Deposit Insurance Fund, Veritex may be required to pay FDIC premiums higher than current levels. Veritex’s FDIC insurance related costs were $661 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $448 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $421 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2014. Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could adversely affect Veritex’s earnings and results of operations.
Veritex is subject to increased capital requirements, which may adversely impact return on equity or prevent Veritex from paying dividends or repurchasing shares.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies to establish stricter risk-based and leverage capital requirements to apply to banks and bank and savings and loan holding companies. The federal banking agencies have adopted revised risk-based and leverage capital requirements as well as a revised method for calculating risk-weighted assets. The capital rules apply to all bank holding companies with $1 billion or more in consolidated assets and all banks regardless of size.

27



As a result of the adoption of enhanced capital rules, Veritex became subject to increased required capital levels on January 1, 2015, with a phase-in period for certain provisions over four years that began in 2016. The application of more stringent capital requirements on Veritex could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions such as the inability to pay dividends or repurchase shares if Veritex were to be unable to comply with such requirements.
The Federal Reserve may require Veritex to commit capital resources to support the Bank.
A bank holding company is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support its subsidiary banks. The Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank at times when the bank holding company may not be inclined to do so and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. Accordingly, Veritex could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank if it experiences financial distress.
Such a capital injection may be required at a time when Veritex’s resources are limited and it may be required to borrow the funds to make the required capital injection. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of any note obligations.
Veritex could be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. Veritex has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose Veritex to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, Veritex’s credit risk may be exacerbated when its collateral cannot be foreclosed upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due. Any such losses could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, Veritex’s earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the U.S. money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments of both the discount rate and the federal funds rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.
The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. Although Veritex cannot determine the effects of such policies on it at this time, such policies could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to the Sovereign Merger
The Sovereign Merger may not be consummated unless important conditions are satisfied.
Veritex and Sovereign expect the Sovereign Merger to close during the second quarter of 2017, but the acquisition is subject to a number of closing conditions. Satisfaction of many of these conditions is beyond Veritex’s control. If these conditions are not satisfied or waived, the Sovereign Merger will not be completed or may be delayed and each of Veritex and Sovereign may lose some or all of the intended benefits of the Sovereign Merger. Certain of the conditions that remain to be satisfied include, but are not limited to:
the continued accuracy of the representations and warranties made by the parties in the Merger Agreement;
the performance by each party of its respective obligations under the Merger Agreement;

28



the receipt of required regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Federal Reserve and the approval of the TDB;
the absence of any injunction, order or decree restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Sovereign Merger;
the absence of any material adverse change in the financial condition, business or results of operations of Sovereign and Sovereign Bank;
the approval of Veritex’s shareholders with respect to the shares of its common stock that are expected to be issued to Sovereign’s shareholders as a portion of the consideration for the Sovereign Merger; and
the approval by Sovereign’s shareholders of the Merger Agreement and the Sovereign Merger.
As a result, the Sovereign Merger may not close as scheduled, or at all. In addition, either Veritex or Sovereign may terminate the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances.
Regulatory approvals may not be received, may take longer than expected or may impose conditions that Veritex does not anticipate or cannot be met.
Before the Sovereign Merger may be completed, various approvals or waivers must be obtained from bank regulatory authorities, including the Federal Reserve and the TDB. These regulators may impose conditions on the completion of, or require changes to the terms of, the Sovereign Merger. Such conditions or changes and the process of obtaining regulatory approvals or waivers could have the effect of delaying completion of the Sovereign Merger or of imposing additional costs or limitations on Veritex following the completion of the Sovereign Merger. The regulatory approvals or waivers may not be received at all, may not be received in a timely fashion or may contain conditions on the completion of the Sovereign Merger that are burdensome, not anticipated or cannot be met. If the completion of the Sovereign Merger is delayed, including by a delay in receipt of necessary governmental approvals or waivers, the business, financial condition and results of operations of Veritex and Sovereign may also be materially adversely affected.
Veritex may be unsuccessful in integrating the operations of the businesses it has acquired or expects to acquire in the future, including Sovereign.
From time to time, Veritex evaluates and acquires businesses that it believes complement its existing business. The acquisition component of Veritex’s growth strategy depends on the successful integration of these acquisitions. Veritex faces numerous risks and challenges to the successful integration of acquired businesses, including the following:
the potential for unexpected costs, delays and challenges that may arise in integrating acquisitions into Veritex’s existing business;
limitations on Veritex’s ability to realize the expected cost savings and synergies from an acquisition;
challenges related to integrating acquired operations, including Veritex’s ability to retain key employees and maintain relationships with significant customers and depositors;
challenges related to the integration of businesses that operate in new geographic areas, including difficulties in identifying and gaining access to customers in new markets; and
discovery of previously unknown liabilities following an acquisition associated with the acquired business.
If Veritex is unable to successfully integrate the businesses it acquires, Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
The Sovereign Merger could result in unexpected disruptions on the combined business.
In response to the announcement of the Sovereign Merger, Sovereign’s customers may cease or reduce their business with Sovereign, which could negatively affect Veritex’s and Sovereign’s combined business operations. Similarly, current or prospective employees of Veritex or Sovereign may experience uncertainty about their future roles with the combined entity. This may adversely affect Veritex’s or Sovereign’s ability to attract and retain key management, banking and other personnel. In addition,

29



the diversion of the attention of Veritex’s and Sovereign’s respective management teams away from day-to-day operations during the negotiation and pendency of the Sovereign Merger could have an adverse effect on the financial condition and operating results of either Veritex or Sovereign.
Veritex may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the Sovereign Merger.
The success of the Sovereign Merger will depend, in part, on Veritex’s ability to realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings from combining its business with Sovereign’s business. However, to realize these anticipated benefits and cost savings, Veritex must successfully combine both businesses. If Veritex is not able to achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the Sovereign Merger may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than Veritex expects.
Veritex will incur significant transaction and merger-related integration costs in connection with the Sovereign Merger.
Veritex expects to incur significant costs associated with completing the Sovereign Merger and integrating Sovereign’s operations into Veritex’s operations and is continuing to assess the impact of these costs. Although Veritex believes that the elimination of duplicate costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of Sovereign’s business with Veritex’s business, will offset incremental transaction and merger-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.
The Sovereign Merger may be completed on different terms from those contained in the Merger Agreement.
Prior to the completion of the Sovereign Merger, Veritex and Sovereign may, by mutual agreement, amend or alter the terms of the Merger Agreement, including with respect to, among other things, the consideration payable by Veritex to Sovereign’s shareholders or any covenants or agreements with respect to the parties’ respective operations during the pendency thereof. Any such amendments or alterations may have negative consequences to Veritex.
Veritex may not be able to implement aspects of its growth strategy or new bank office facilities and other facilities may not be profitable.
Veritex’s growth strategy contemplates the future expansion of its business and operations both organically and through acquisitions, such as through the establishment or acquisition of banks and banking offices in the Dallas-Fort Worth metroplex and the Houston and Austin metropolitan areas. Implementing these aspects of its growth strategy depends, in part, on Veritex’s ability to successfully identify acquisition opportunities and strategic partners that will complement its operating philosophy and to successfully integrate their operations with Veritex’s operations, as well as to generate loans and deposits within acceptable risk and expense tolerances. To successfully acquire or establish banks or banking offices, Veritex must be able to correctly identify profitable or growing markets, as well as attract the necessary relationships and high caliber banking personnel to make these new banking offices profitable. In addition, Veritex may not be able to identify suitable opportunities for further growth and expansion or, if it does, Veritex may not be able to successfully integrate these new operations into its business.
As consolidation of the financial services industry continues, the competition for suitable acquisition candidates may increase. Veritex will compete with other financial services companies for acquisition opportunities, and many of these competitors have greater financial resources than Veritex does and may be able to pay more for an acquisition than Veritex is able or willing to pay.
Veritex can offer no assurance that it will have opportunities to acquire other financial institutions, or that it will complete the Sovereign Merger, or acquire or establish any new branches or mortgage offices, or that it will be able to negotiate, finance and complete any opportunities available to it.
Additionally, Veritex may not be able to organically expand into new markets that are profitable for its franchise. The costs to start up new bank branches and loan production offices in new markets and the additional costs to operate these facilities would increase Veritex’s non-interest expense and may decrease its earnings. It may be difficult to adequately and profitably manage Veritex’s growth through the establishment of bank branches and loan production offices in new markets. In addition, Veritex can provide no assurance that its expansion into any such new markets will successfully attract enough new business to offset the expenses of their operation. If Veritex is not able to do so, its earnings and stock price may be negatively impacted.

30



The success of Veritex’s growth strategy depends on its ability to identify and retain individuals with experience and relationships in the markets in which Veritex intends to expand.
Veritex’s growth strategy contemplates that it will expand its business and operations to other markets, particularly in Houston and Austin following the consummation of the Sovereign Merger. Veritex intends to primarily target market areas that it believes possess attractive demographic, economic or competitive characteristics. To expand into new markets successfully, Veritex must identify and retain experienced key management members with local expertise and relationships in these markets. Competition for qualified personnel in the markets in which Veritex may expand may be intense, and there may be a limited number of qualified persons with knowledge of and experience in the commercial banking industry in these markets. Even if Veritex identifies individuals that it believes could assist Veritex in establishing a presence in a new market, Veritex may be unable to recruit these individuals away from other banks or may be unable to do so at a reasonable cost. In addition, the process of identifying and recruiting individuals with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out Veritex’s strategy is often lengthy. Veritex’s inability to identify, recruit and retain talented personnel to manage new offices effectively would limit its growth and could materially adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.
Veritex may have exposure to tax liabilities that are larger than it anticipates.
The tax laws applicable to Veritex’s business activities, including the laws of the United States, Texas and other jurisdictions, are subject to interpretation and may change over time. From time to time, legislative initiatives, such as proposals for fundamental federal tax reform and corporate tax rate changes, which may impact Veritex’s effective tax rate and could adversely affect its tax positions or liabilities, may be enacted. The taxing authorities in the jurisdictions in which Veritex operates may challenge its tax positions or those of Sovereign prior to the consummation of the Sovereign Merger, which could increase Veritex’s effective tax rate and harm its financial position and results of operations. In addition, Veritex’s future income taxes could be adversely affected by changes in tax laws, regulations or accounting principles. Veritex is subject to audit and review by U.S. federal and state tax authorities. Any adverse outcome of such a review or audit could have a negative effect on Veritex’s financial position and results of operations. In addition, the determination of Veritex’s provision for income taxes and other liabilities requires significant judgment by management. Although Veritex believes that its estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may differ from the amounts recorded in Veritex’s financial statements and could have a material adverse effect on Veritex’s financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made.
Risks Related to Veritex’s Common Stock
The market price of Veritex’s common stock may fluctuate significantly.
The market price of Veritex’s common stock could fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
Veritex’s quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in its industry;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in Veritex’s operating results;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
the public reaction to Veritex’s press releases, its other public announcements and its filings with the SEC;
announcements by Veritex or its competitors of significant acquisitions, dispositions, innovations or new programs and services;
changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts that cover Veritex’s common stock or the failure of securities analysts to cover Veritex’s common stock;
changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or Veritex’s ability to meet those estimates;
the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;
general economic conditions and overall market fluctuations;
the trading volume of Veritex’s common stock;

31



changes in business, legal or regulatory conditions, or other developments affecting participants in Veritex’s industry, and publicity regarding its business or any of its significant customers or competitors;
changes in governmental monetary policies, including the policies of the Federal Reserve;
future sales of Veritex’s common stock by Veritex or its directors, executive officers or significant shareholders; and
changes in economic conditions in and political conditions affecting Veritex’s target markets.
In particular, the realization of any of the risks described in this “Item 1A. Risk Factors” section could have a material adverse effect on the market price of Veritex’s common stock and cause the value of your investment to decline. In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of Veritex’s common stock over the short, medium or long-term, regardless of Veritex’s actual performance. If the market price of Veritex’s common stock reaches an elevated level, it may materially and rapidly decline. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholders have often instituted securities class action litigation. If Veritex were to be involved in a class action lawsuit, it could divert the attention of senior management and could adversely affect Veritex’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
If securities or industry analysts change their recommendations regarding Veritex’s common stock or if Veritex’s operating results do not meet their expectations, Veritex’s stock price could decline.
The trading market for Veritex’s common stock could be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about Veritex or its business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of Veritex or fail to publish reports on it regularly, Veritex could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause its stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover Veritex downgrade its stock or if Veritex’s operating results do not meet their expectations, either absolutely or relative to Veritex’s competitors, Veritex’s stock price could decline significantly.
Future sales or the possibility of future sales of a substantial amount of Veritex common stock may depress the price of shares of Veritex’s common stock.
Future sales or the availability for sale of substantial amounts of Veritex’s common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of Veritex’s common stock and could impair its ability to raise capital through future sales of equity securities.
Veritex may issue shares of its common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments and pursuant to compensation and incentive plans. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of Veritex’s common stock, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that Veritex may issue may in turn be substantial. Veritex may also grant registration rights covering those shares of its common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.
Veritex cannot predict the size of future issuances of its common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of its common stock will have on the market price of its common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of Veritex’s common stock (including shares of its common stock issued in connection with an acquisition or under a compensation or incentive plan), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for its common stock and could impair Veritex’s ability to raise capital through future sales of its securities.
Veritex will issue preferred stock in connection with the Sovereign Merger and may issue subordinated debt or shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire Veritex or could otherwise materially adversely affect holders of Veritex’s common stock, which could depress the price of Veritex’s common stock.
Veritex’s certificate of formation authorizes it to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of one or more series of preferred stock. In connection with the Sovereign Merger, each share of Sovereign’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, no par value (“Sovereign SBLF Preferred Stock”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Sovereign Merger will be converted into one share of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual, Series D preferred stock of Veritex (“Veritex Series D Preferred Stock”). Any such Veritex Series D Preferred Stock shall entitle holders thereof to dividends from the date of issuance of such Veritex Series D Preferred Stock on terms that are equivalent to the terms of the Sovereign SBLF Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such exchange, taken as a whole. The Veritex board of directors will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the Veritex Series D Preferred Stock and any future shares of preferred

32



stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by Veritex’s shareholders. Veritex’s preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of Veritex’s common stock. Veritex may also issue subordinated debt, the proceeds of which may be used for, among other things, the redemption of the Veritex Series D Preferred Stock following the closing of the Sovereign Merger. The potential issuance of preferred stock and subordinated debt may delay or prevent a change in control of Veritex, discourage bids for its common stock at a premium over the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of Veritex’s common stock.
The holders of Veritex’s debt obligations will have priority over Veritex’s common stock with respect to payment in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Veritex and with respect to the payment of interest and preferred dividends.
As of December 31, 2016, Veritex had approximately $4.9 million outstanding in aggregate principal amount of subordinated promissory notes held by investors, and $3.1 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to a statutory trust that, in turn, issued $3.0 million of trust preferred securities. In addition, Sovereign had $8.6 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to a statutory trust that, in turn, issued $8.4 million of trust preferred securities, which Veritex will assume in the Sovereign Merger. In the future, Veritex may incur additional indebtedness. Upon Veritex’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of its common stock will not be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets until after all of Veritex’s obligations to its debt holders have been satisfied and holders of trust preferred securities have received any payment or distribution due to them. In addition, Veritex is required to pay interest on its outstanding indebtedness before it pays any dividends on its common stock. Since any decision to issue debt securities or incur other borrowings in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond Veritex’s control, the amount, timing, nature or success of Veritex’s future capital raising efforts is uncertain. Thus, holders of Veritex’s common stock bear the risk that Veritex’s future issuances of debt securities or its incurrence of other borrowings will negatively affect the market price of its common stock.
Veritex does not intend to pay cash dividends on its common stock, and consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of Veritex’s common stock appreciates.
Veritex has never declared or paid any cash dividends to holders of its common stock and does not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends to holders of its common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in Veritex will be if you sell your common stock at a price greater than you paid for it.
Payments of future dividends, if any, is within the discretion of the Veritex board of directors and will depend upon then-existing conditions, including Veritex’s results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities, growth opportunities, any legal or contractual limitations on its ability to pay dividends and other factors its board of directors may deem relevant. As a bank holding company, Veritex’s ability to pay dividends is also affected by the policies and enforcement powers of the Federal Reserve, and any future payment of dividends will be dependent upon the Bank’s ability to make distributions and payments to Veritex as its principal source of funds to pay such dividends. The Bank is also subject to various legal, regulatory and other restrictions on its ability to make distributions and payments to Veritex. In addition, in the future Veritex may enter into borrowing or other contractual arrangements that restrict its ability to pay dividends.
Veritex is dependent upon the Bank for cash flow, and the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions is restricted, which could impact Veritex’s ability to satisfy its obligations.
Veritex’s primary asset is the Bank. As such, Veritex depends upon the Bank for cash distributions through dividends on the Bank’s stock to pay Veritex’s operating expenses and satisfy its obligations, including debt obligations. There are numerous laws and banking regulations that limit the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to Veritex. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to Veritex, Veritex will not be able to satisfy its obligations. Federal and state statutes and regulations restrict the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions to Veritex. These statutes and regulations require, among other things, that the Bank maintain certain levels of capital in order to pay a dividend. Further, federal and state banking authorities have the ability to restrict the Bank’s payment of dividends through supervisory action.
For as long as Veritex is an emerging growth company, Veritex will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about its executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.
Veritex is classified as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. For as long as Veritex is an emerging growth company, unlike other public companies, it will not be required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (2) comply with any new requirements proposed by the Public Company Accounting

33



Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer, (3) provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies, (4) hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation, or (5) obtain shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Veritex will remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of its initial public offering, which was completed in October 2014, although Veritex will lose that status sooner if it has more than $1.0 billion of revenues in a fiscal year, has more than $700.0 million in market value of its common stock held by non-affiliates, or issues more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a 3-year period.
The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, may strain Veritex’s resources, increase its costs and distract management.
Veritex completed its initial public offering in October 2014. As a public company, Veritex incurs significant legal, accounting and other expenses that it did not incur as a private company. Veritex also incur costs associated with its public company reporting requirements and with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, NASDAQ rules and the rules implemented by the SEC. These rules and regulations have increased Veritex’s legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These rules and regulations also make it more difficult and more expensive for Veritex to obtain director and officer liability insurance. As a result, it may be more difficult for Veritex to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on its board of directors or as executive officers.
Veritex has certain significant investors whose interests may differ from yours.
Veritex has certain institutional investors that have significant ownership of Veritex’s common stock. As a result of their significant ownership, these institutional investors could have a greater ability than you or other shareholders to influence certain matters, such as the election of directors and other matters submitted to a vote of Veritex’s shareholders, including mergers, a sale of all or substantially all of Veritex’s assets and other extraordinary corporate transactions. The interests of the significant institutional investors could conflict with the interests of Veritex’s other shareholders, including you, and any future transfer by the significant institutional investors of their shares of common stock to other investors who have different business objectives could adversely affect the market value of Veritex’s common stock. In addition, sales of a substantial number of shares of Veritex’s common stock by the significant institutional investors, or the perception that such sales may occur, may adversely impact the price of Veritex’s common stock.
Certain provisions of Veritex’s corporate organizational documents and federal and state laws to which Veritex is subject could have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, make more difficult or prevent an attempted acquisition that you may favor.
Certain provisions of Veritex’s corporate organization documents and applicable federal and state laws could have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change of control. These provisions of Veritex’s corporate organizational documents may include:
a provision requiring the vote of the holders of at least four-fifths of Veritex’s shares entitled to vote in order to remove a director for cause; and
a provision that any special meeting of Veritex’s shareholders may be called only by a majority of Veritex’s board of directors, its Chairman, its President or a holder or group of holders of at least 10.0% of its shares entitled to vote.
Veritex’s certificate of formation does not provide for cumulative voting for directors and authorizes its board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock without shareholder approval and upon such terms as its board of directors may determine. The issuance of Veritex’s preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third-party from acquiring, a controlling interest in Veritex. In addition, certain provisions of Texas corporate law, including a provision which restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation and certain affiliated shareholders, may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control.
Furthermore, banking laws impose notice, approval and ongoing regulatory requirements on any shareholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of a FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act. These laws could delay, discourage or prevent an acquisition.

34



Shareholders may be deemed to be acting in concert or otherwise in control of Veritex, which could impose notice, approval and ongoing regulatory requirements upon them and result in adverse regulatory consequences for such holders.
Veritex is a bank holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve. Banking laws impose notice, approval and ongoing regulatory requirements on any shareholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or a company that controls an FDIC-insured depository institution, such as a bank holding company. These laws include the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act. The determination as to whether an investor “controls” a depository institution or holding company is based on all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment.
As a general matter, a party is deemed to control a depository institution or other company if the party (1) owns or controls 25.0% or more of any class of voting stock of the bank or other company, (2) controls the election of a majority of the directors of the bank or other company, or (3) has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank or other company. In addition, subject to rebuttal, a party may be presumed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 10.0% or more of any class of voting stock. Ownership by affiliated parties, or parties acting in concert, is typically aggregated for these purposes. “Acting in concert” generally means knowing participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards the common goal of acquiring control of a bank or a parent company, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement. The manner in which this definition is applied in individual circumstances can vary and cannot always be predicted with certainty.
Any shareholder that is deemed to “control” Veritex for regulatory purposes would become subject to notice, approval and ongoing regulatory requirements and may be subject to adverse regulatory consequences. Potential investors are advised to consult with their legal counsel regarding the applicable regulations and requirements.
An investment in Veritex’s common stock is not an insured deposit and is not guaranteed by the FDIC, so you could lose some or all of your investment.
An investment in Veritex’s common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss or guaranteed by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. An investment in Veritex’s common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described herein. As a result, if you acquire Veritex’s common stock, you could lose some or all of your investment.
ITEM 1.B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
Our principal executive offices are located at 8214 Westchester Drive, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75225. All of our branches are located in Texas. As of December 31, 2016, we owned four of our branch locations and leased the remaining seven locations. The terms of our leases generally range from five to 10 years and give us the option to renew for subsequent terms of equal duration or otherwise extend the lease term subject to price adjustment based on market conditions at the time of renewal. The following table sets forth a list of our locations as of December 31, 2016.
 

35



Branch Locations
Location
 
Own or Lease
 
Sq. Ft.
Park Branch
 
Own
 
8,500

5049 W. Park Boulevard
 
 
 
 
Plano, Texas 75093
 
 
 
 
Alexis Branch
 
Lease
 
3,200

14885 Preston Road
 
 
 
 
Dallas, Texas 75254
 
 
 
 
Garland Branch
 
Lease
 
5,195

622 Clara Barton Boulevard
 
 
 
 
Garland, Texas 75042
 
 
 
 
Royal Branch
 
Own
 
3,938

10703 Preston Road
 
 
 
 
Dallas, Texas 75230
 
 
 
 
Westchester Branch
 
Lease
 
14,396

8214 Westchester Drive Suite 100
 
 
 
 
Dallas, Texas 75225
 
 
 
 
SMU Branch
 
Lease
 
3,714

6116 N. Central Expressway Suite 100
 
 
 
 
Dallas, Texas 75206
 
 
 
 

Lakewood Branch
 
Lease
 
4,473

2101 Abrams Road
 
 
 
 

Dallas, Texas 75214
 
 
 
 

Oak Lawn Branch
 
Own
 
4,018

2706 Oak Lawn Ave
 
 
 
 

Dallas, Texas 75219
 
 
 
 

Irving Branch
 
Own
 
8,060

4300 North Belt Line Road
 
 
 
 

Irving, Texas 75038
 
 
 
 

Frisco Branch
 
Lease
 
2,592

1518 Legacy Drive Suite 100
 
 
 
 

Frisco, Texas 75034
 
 
 
 
 
Other Non-Banking Locations
Location
 
Own or Lease
 
Sq. Ft.
Veritex Mortgage
 
Lease
 
2,462

7001 Preston Road Suite 100
 
 
 
 
Dallas, Texas 75205
 
 
 
 
Our operational support functions are located at our Lakewood and Park Branch facilities. Our Westchester location houses our executive management and support staff and functions as the Company’s headquarters. In January 2017, the Company opened our Turtle Creek branch located at 3131 Turtle Creek Boulevard, Suite 100, Dallas, Texas 75219, resulting in a total of eleven branches and one mortgage office that we currently operate.

36



ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are from time to time subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. These claims and litigation may include, among other things, allegations of violation of banking and other applicable regulations, competition law, labor laws and consumer protection laws, as well as claims or litigation relating to intellectual property, securities, breach of contract and tort. We intend to defend ourselves vigorously against any pending or future claims and litigation.
At this time, in the opinion of management, the likelihood is remote that the impact of such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, one or more unfavorable outcomes in any claim or litigation against us could have a material adverse effect for the period in which they are resolved. In addition, regardless of their merits or their ultimate outcomes, such matters are costly, divert management’s attention and may materially adversely affect our reputation, even if resolved in our favor.
ITEM 4.  MINE AND SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information for Common Stock
Shares of our common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “VBTX”. Our shares have been traded on the NASDAQ Global Market since October 9, 2014. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock.
The following table presents the range of high and low sales price per share reported on The NASDAQ Global Market for the period indicated.
 
2016
 
2015
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
First Quarter
$
17.00

 
$
12.35

 
$
16.03

 
$
12.05

Second Quarter
16.25

 
14.35

 
15.40

 
13.16

Third Quarter
17.48

 
13.91

 
17.95

 
14.13

Fourth Quarter
27.76

 
15.46

 
17.75

 
15.20

Holders of Record
As of March 3, 2017, there were 156 holders of record of our common stock.
Dividend Policy
We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
There are regulatory restrictions on our ability and the ability of the Bank to pay dividends. See “Item 1. Business—Regulation and Supervision—Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions”.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
None.

Equity Compensation Plan Information
See “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”.

37



Stock Performance Graph
The following table and graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock to the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Total Return Index and the NASDAQ Bank Index for the period beginning on October 9, 2014, the first day of trading of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market through December 31, 2016. The following reflects index values as of close of trading, assumes $100 invested on October 9, 2014 in our common stock, the S&P 500 Total Return Index and the NASDAQ Bank Index, and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The historical stock price performance for our common stock shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance.
 
October 9, 2014
 
December 31, 2014
 
March 31, 2015
 
June 30, 2015
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2015
 
March 31, 2016
 
June 30, 2016
 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2016
Veritex Holdings, Inc.
$
100.00

 
$
101.58

 
$
100.14

 
$
107.06

 
$
111.97

 
$
116.20

 
$
104.16

 
$
114.84

 
$
124.66

 
$
191.47

S&P 500
100.00

 
106.78

 
107.24

 
107.00

 
99.58

 
106.00

 
106.82

 
108.85

 
112.45

 
116.11
NASDAQ Bank
100.00

 
110.05

 
110.22

 
118.56

 
113.93

 
117.34

 
109.68

 
112.44

 
123.38

 
158.44

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
https://cdn.kscope.io/cb6d84710b2c52838f7ad266f0cb060c-comparison02.jpg
Stock Repurchases
No purchases of our common stock were made by or on behalf of us or any “affiliated purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act during the year ended December 31, 2016.  There is currently no authorization to repurchase shares of outstanding common stock.


38



ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
As of and For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Period-end Balance Sheet Data:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Total assets
$
1,408,507

 
$
1,039,551

 
$
802,231

 
$
664,946

 
$
524,127

Cash and cash equivalents
234,791

 
71,551

 
93,251

 
76,646

 
53,160

Investment securities
102,559

 
75,813

 
45,127

 
45,604

 
29,538

Total loans(1)
991,897

 
820,567

 
603,310

 
495,270

 
397,736

Allowance for loan losses
8,524

 
6,772

 
5,981

 
5,018

 
3,238

Goodwill
26,865

 
26,865

 
19,148

 
19,148

 
19,148

Intangibles
2,181

 
2,410

 
1,261

 
1,567

 
1,875

Noninterest-bearing deposits
327,614

 
301,367

 
251,124

 
218,990

 
170,497

Interest-bearing deposits
792,016

 
567,043

 
387,619

 
354,948

 
277,405

Total deposits
1,119,630

 
868,410

 
638,743

 
573,938

 
447,902

Advances from FHLB
38,306

 
28,444

 
40,000

 
15,000

 
10,000

Other borrowings
8,035

 
8,027

 
8,019

 
8,047

 
3,093

Total stockholders’ equity
239,088

 
132,046

 
113,312

 
66,239

 
61,860

Selected Income Statement Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
40,955

 
$
31,459

 
$
25,340

 
$
21,041

 
$
19,093

Provision for loan losses
2,050

 
868

 
1,423

 
1,883

 
2,953

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
38,905

 
30,591

 
23,917

 
19,158

 
16,140

Noninterest income
6,503

 
3,704

 
2,496

 
2,391

 
1,647

Noninterest expense
26,390

 
21,388

 
18,503

 
16,364

 
16,172

Income before income tax
19,018

 
12,907

 
7,910

 
5,185

 
1,615

Income tax expense
6,467

 
4,117

 
2,705

 
1,777

 
136

Net income
12,551

 
8,790

 
5,205

 
3,408

 
1,479

Preferred dividends

 
98

 
80

 
60

 
100

Net income available to common stockholders
$
12,551

 
$
8,692

 
$
5,125

 
$
3,348

 
$
1,379

Share Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share
$
1.16

 
$
0.86

 
$
0.73

 
$
0.58

 
$
0.24

Diluted earnings per common share
1.13

 
0.84

 
0.72

 
0.57

 
0.24

Book value per common share(2)
15.73

 
12.33

 
11.12

 
10.03

 
9.46

Tangible book value per common share(3)
13.82

 
9.59

 
8.96

 
6.46

 
5.77

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
10,849,331

 
10,061,015

 
6,991,585

 
5,787,810

 
5,640,801

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
11,058,118

 
10,332,158

 
7,152,328

 
5,848,810

 
5,677,801

Performance Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets(4)
1.06
%
 
0.98
%
 
0.75
%
 
0.58
%
 
0.31
%
Return on average equity(4)
8.80

 
6.94

 
6.28

 
5.27

 
2.47

Net interest margin(5)
3.72

 
3.80

 
3.78

 
3.96

 
4.5

Efficiency ratio(6)
55.61

 
60.83

 
66.47

 
69.84

 
77.97

Loans to deposits ratio
88.59

 
94.50

 
94.45

 
86.29

 
88.8

Noninterest expense to average assets(4)
2.22

 
2.38

 
2.71

 
2.80

 
3.42

Summary Credit Quality Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming assets to total assets
0.17
%
 
0.11
%
 
0.07
%
 
0.44
%
 
0.71
%
Nonperforming loans to total loans
0.18

 
0.08

 
0.07

 
0.23

 
0.33

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
479.95

 
1,003.26

 
1,371.79

 
445.65

 
248.31

Allowance for loan losses to total loans
0.86

 
0.83

 
0.99

 
1.01

 
0.81

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
0.03

 
0.01

 
0.08

 
0.02

 
0.21

Capital Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity to total assets
16.97
%
 
12.70
%
 
14.12
%
 
9.96
%
 
11.8
%
Tangible common equity to tangible assets(7)
15.23

 
10.17

 
10.86

 
5.82

 
6.53

Tier 1 capital to average assets(4)
16.82

 
10.75

 
12.66

 
8.06

 
8.81

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
20.72

 
12.85

 
15.45

 
9.75

 
11.34

Common equity tier 1 (to risk-weighted assets)
20.42

 
12.48

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

Total capital to risk-weighted assets
22.02

 
14.25

 
17.21

 
11.74

 
12.17

 

39



(1)
Total loans does not include loans held for sale and deferred fees. Loans held for sale were $5.2 million as of December 31, 2016, $2.8 million as of December 31, 2015,  $8.9 million as of December 31, 2014, $2.1 million as of December 31, 2013, $2.8 million as of December 31, 2012. Deferred fees were $55 thousand as of December 31, 2016, $62 thousand of December 31, 2015, $51 thousand as of December 31, 2014, $94 thousand as of December 31, 2013 and $220 thousand as of December 31, 2012.
(2)
We calculate book value per common share as stockholders’ equity less preferred stock at the end of the relevant period divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period.
(3)
We calculate tangible book value per common share as total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill, and intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization at the end of the relevant period, divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure, and, as we calculate tangible book value per common share, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total stockholders’ equity per common share. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(4)
Except as otherwise indicated in this footnote, we calculate our average assets and average equity for a period by dividing the sum of our total assets or total stockholders’ equity, as the case may be, as of the close of business on each day in the relevant period, by the number of days in the period. We have calculated our return on average assets and return on average equity for a period by dividing net income for that period by our average assets and average equity, as the case may be, for that period. As a result of system conversions and integrations associated with acquisitions, we are unable to calculate daily average balances for 2012. For these periods, return on average assets and return on average equity are calculated using period-end balances divided by the number of months in the period.
(5)
Net interest margin represents net interest income, annualized on a fully tax equivalent basis, divided by average interest-earning assets.
(6)
Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
(7)
We calculate tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill, and intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, and we calculate tangible assets as total assets less goodwill and intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP financial measure, and, as we calculate tangible common equity to tangible assets, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total stockholders’ equity to total assets. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
Forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on various facts and derived utilizing numerous important assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our future financial performance, business and growth strategy, projected plans and objectives, as well as projections of macroeconomic and industry trends, which are inherently unreliable due to the multiple factors that impact economic trends, and any such variations may be material. Statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,” “plans” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may” and “could” are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts, although not all forward-looking statements include the foregoing. You should understand that the following important factors could affect our future results and cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements:
risks related to the concentration of our business in Texas, and specifically within the Dallas metropolitan area, including risks associated with any downturn in the real estate sector and risks associated with a decline in the values of single family homes in the Dallas metropolitan area;
our ability to implement our growth strategy, including identifying and consummating suitable acquisitions;
risks related to the integration of any acquired businesses, including exposure to potential asset quality and credit quality risks and unknown or contingent liabilities, the time and costs associated with integrating systems, technology platforms, procedures and personnel, the need for additional capital to finance such transactions, and possible failures in realizing the anticipated benefits from acquisitions;
our ability to recruit and retain successful bankers that meet our expectations in terms of customer relationships and profitability;

40



our ability to retain executive officers and key employees and their customer and community relationships;
risks associated with our limited operating history and the relatively unseasoned nature of a significant portion of our loan portfolio;
market conditions and economic trends nationally, regionally and particularly in the Dallas metropolitan area and Texas;
risks related to our strategic focus on lending to small to medium-sized businesses;
the sufficiency of the assumptions and estimates we make in establishing reserves for potential loan losses;
risks associated with our commercial loan portfolio, including the risk for deterioration in value of the general business assets that generally secure such loans;
risks associated with our commercial real estate and construction loan portfolios, including the risks inherent in the valuation of the collateral securing such loans;
potential changes in the prices, values and sales volumes of commercial and residential real estate securing our real estate loans;
risks related to the significant amount of credit that we have extended to a limited number of borrowers and in a limited geographic area;
our ability to maintain adequate liquidity and to raise necessary capital to fund our acquisition strategy and operations or to meet increased minimum regulatory capital levels;
changes in market interest rates that affect the pricing of our loans and deposits and our net interest income;
potential fluctuations in the market value and liquidity of our investment securities;
the effects of competition from a wide variety of local, regional, national and other providers of financial, investment and insurance services;
our ability to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting;
risks associated with fraudulent and negligent acts by our customers, employees or vendors;
our ability to keep pace with technological change or difficulties when implementing new technologies;
risks associated with system failures or failures to prevent breaches of our network security;
risks associated with data processing system failures and errors;
our ability to successfully execute the acquisition of Sovereign;
our actual cost savings resulting from the acquisition of Sovereign are less than expected, we are unable to realize those cost savings as soon as expected or we incur additional or unexpected costs;
our revenues after the Sovereign acquisition are less than expected;
potential impairment on the goodwill we have recorded or may record in connection with business acquisitions;
the institution and outcome of litigation and other legal proceedings against us or to which we become subject;
our ability to comply with various governmental and regulatory requirements applicable to financial institutions;
the impact of recent and future legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax laws and regulations and their application by our regulators, such as the Dodd-Frank Act;
governmental monetary and fiscal policies, including the policies of the Federal Reserve;
our ability to comply with supervisory actions by federal and state banking agencies;

41



changes in the scope and cost of FDIC, insurance and other coverage; and
systemic risks associated with the soundness of other financial institutions
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are subject to certain risks and uncertainties and are based on certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable but may prove to be inaccurate. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those set forth in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected results discussed in the forward-looking statements appearing in this discussion and analysis. We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.
Overview
We are a bank holding company headquartered in Dallas, Texas. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Veritex Community Bank, a Texas state chartered bank, we provide relationship-driven commercial banking products and services tailored to meet the needs of small to medium-sized businesses and professionals. Since our inception, we have targeted customers and focused our acquisitions primarily in the Dallas metropolitan area, which we consider to be Dallas and the adjacent communities in North Dallas. As a result of our pending acquisition of Sovereign, we expect our primary market to include the broader Dallas-Fort Worth metropolitan area, which also encompasses Fort Worth and Arlington, as well as the Houston and Austin metropolitan areas. As we continue to grow, we may expand to other metropolitan markets within the State of Texas. As of December 31, 2016 we operated ten branches and one mortgage office, all of which are located in the Dallas metropolitan area. In January 2017, we opened our Turtle Creek branch, resulting in a total of eleven branches and one mortgage office that we currently operate. We have experienced significant organic growth since commencing banking operations in 2010 and have successfully acquired and integrated four banks. As of December 31, 2016, we had total assets of $1.4 billion, total loans of $991.9 million, total deposits of $1.1 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $239.1 million.
As a bank holding company operating through one segment, community banking, we generate most of our revenues from interest income on loans, customer service and loan fees, gains on sale of Small Business Administration (“SBA”) guaranteed loans and mortgage loans, and interest income from securities. We incur interest expense on deposits and other borrowed funds and noninterest expense, such as salaries and employee benefits and occupancy expenses. We analyze our ability to maximize income generated from interest earning assets and expense of our liabilities through our net interest margin. Net interest margin is a ratio calculated as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings, which are used to fund those assets.
Changes in the market interest rates and interest rates we earn on interest-earning assets or pay on interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the volume and types of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing liabilities and stockholders’ equity, are usually the largest drivers of periodic changes in net interest spread, net interest margin and net interest income. Fluctuations in market interest rates are driven by many factors, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, deflation, macroeconomic developments, changes in unemployment, the money supply, political and international conditions and conditions in domestic and foreign financial markets. Periodic changes in the volume and types of loans in our loan portfolio are affected by, among other factors, economic and competitive conditions in Texas and specifically in the Dallas metropolitan area, as well as developments affecting the real estate, technology, financial services, insurance, transportation, manufacturing and energy sectors within our target market and throughout the state of Texas.
Results of operations for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015
Net Interest Income
Our operating results depend primarily on our net interest income, calculated as the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Fluctuations in market interest rates impact the yield and rates paid on interest sensitive assets and liabilities. Changes in the amount and type of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities also impact net interest income. The variance driven by the changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is referred to as a “volume change.” Changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds are referred to as a “rate change.”

42



To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor (1) yields on our loans and other interest-earning assets, (2) the costs of our deposits and other funding sources, (3) our net interest spread and (4) our net interest margin. Net interest spread is the difference between rates earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is a ratio calculated as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Because noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and stockholders’ equity also fund interest-earning assets, net interest margin includes the benefit of these noninterest-bearing sources.
For the year ended December 31, 2016, net interest income totaled $41.0 million compared with net interest income of $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $9.5 million, or 30.2%. This increase was primarily due to a $11.7 million, or 33.4%, increase in interest income resulting from growth in the Company’s average interest-earning assets which was partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $2.2 million, or 63.0%, for the full year ended December 31, 2016. Interest income was $46.6 million compared to $34.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The primary driver of increased interest income was the growth on interest earned on average loans. Interest earned on average loans outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to average loans outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $11.0 million, or 32.7%. The growth in average loans was the result of the acquisition of IBT, which closed on July 1, 2015, new loan originations, and growth of existing customer loan balances. Average loan balances grew from $697.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $924.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $227.0 million, or 32.6%.
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $5.6 million compared to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $2.2 million, or 63.0%. The year-over-year increase was due to growth of average interest bearing-liabilities of $238.4 million, or 47.5%, primarily due to the increase in interest bearing liabilities acquired in the IBT acquisition and organic growth in average interest bearing deposits, advances from FHLB, and other borrowings.
Net interest margin and net interest spread were 3.72% and 3.47%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 3.80% and 3.53%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in net interest margin by 8 basis points and decrease in net interest spread by 6 basis points was primarily due to an increase in the average yield paid on interest-bearing liabilities by 7 basis points. The average interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased to 0.76% during the year ended December 31, 2016 from 0.69% for the year ended December 31, 2015. Competition for new deposits in our market reduced our ability to grow noninterest-bearing deposits consistent with prior year’s growth rate. The average balance of noninterest-bearing deposits grew to $302.5 million from $267.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $35.0 million, or 13.1%. The ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average noninterest-bearing deposits plus average interest-bearing deposits declined to 30.5% for the year-ended December 31, 2016 from 36.0% for the year ended December 31, 2015. Average interest-bearing deposits grew to $689.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $475.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $213.9 million, or 45.0%, which was primarily due to increases in average outstanding money market balances. This was the result of new relationships originated from our new correspondent banking group that successfully grew our financial institution money market deposit product. This product was offered at an introductory rate above the average rate paid on our traditional money market accounts and, as a result, interest-bearing deposit rates increased to 0.72% from 0.61%. Partially offsetting this increase was a decrease in the average rate paid on advances from FHLB as average balances outstanding grew to $43.6 million with an average yield of 0.60% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $18.1 million with an average yield of 0.88% for the year ended December 31, 2015.
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, an analysis of net interest income by each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the average amounts outstanding and the interest earned or paid on such amounts. The table also sets forth the average rate earned on interest-earning assets, the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, and the net interest margin on average total interest-earning assets for the same periods. Interest earned on loans that are classified as non-accrual is not recognized in income; however, the balances are reflected in average outstanding balances for the period. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, interest income not recognized on non-accrual loans was minimal. Any non-accrual loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

43



 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 
Interest
Earned/
Interest
Paid
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 
Interest
Earned/
Interest
Paid
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans(1)
$
924,465

 
$
44,681

 
4.83
%
 
$
697,439

 
$
33,680

 
4.83
%
Securities available for sale
84,558

 
1,409

 
1.67

 
59,088

 
997

 
1.69

Investment in subsidiary
93

 
2

 
2.15

 
93

 
2

 
2.15

Interest-earning deposits in financial institutions
93,199

 
503

 
0.54

 
70,630

 
241

 
0.34

Total interest-earning assets
1,102,315

 
46,595

 
4.23

 
827,250

 
34,920

 
4.22

Allowance for loan losses
(7,743
)
 
 
 
 
 
(6,419
)
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-earning assets
94,200

 
 
 
 
 
78,006

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
1,188,772

 
 
 
 
 
$
898,837

 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits
$
688,978

 
$
4,988

 
0.72
%
 
$
475,034

 
$
2,918

 
0.61
%
Advances from FHLB
43,649

 
260

 
0.60

 
18,055

 
159

 
0.88

Other borrowings
8,077

 
392

 
4.85

 
9,212

 
384

 
4.17

Total interest-bearing liabilities
740,704

 
5,640

 
0.76

 
502,301

 
3,461

 
0.69

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
302,548

 
 
 
 
 
267,550

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
2,937

 
 
 
 
 
2,408

 
 
 
 
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities
305,485

 
 
 
 
 
269,958

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
142,583

 
 
 
 
 
126,578

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
1,188,772

 
 
 
 
 
$
898,837

 
 
 
 
Net interest rate spread(2)
 
 
 
 
3.47
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.53
%
Net interest income
 
 
$
40,955

 
 
 
 
 
$
31,459

 
 
Net interest margin(3)
 
 
 
 
3.72
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.80
%
 
__________________
(1)
Includes average outstanding balances of loans held for sale of $5,078, and $3,134 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(2)
Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)
Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
The following table presents information regarding the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated for each major component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the changes attributable to changes in volume and changes attributable to changes in interest rates. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate.

44



 
For the 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
compared to 2015
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
 
 
due to
 
 
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
    
 
    
 
    
Total loans
$
10,965

 
$
36

 
$
11,001

Securities available for sale
425

 
(13
)
 
412

Other investments

 

 

Interest-earning deposits in other banks
122

 
140

 
262

Total increase in interest income
11,512

 
163

 
11,675

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 

Interest-bearing deposits
1,540

 
530

 
2,070

Advances from FHLB
154

 
(53
)
 
101

Other borrowings
(55
)
 
63

 
8

Total increase in interest expense
1,639

 
540

 
2,179

Increase (decrease) in net interest income
$
9,873

 
$
(377
)
 
$
9,496

Provision for Loan Losses
Our provision for loan losses is a charge to income in order to bring our allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management. For a description of the factors taken into account by management in determining the allowance for loan losses see “—Financial Condition—Allowance for loan losses.” The provision for loan losses was $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $868 thousand for the same period in 2015, a increase of $1.2 million or 136.2%. The increase in provision expense was due mainly to loan growth as well an increase in general reserves due to changes in qualitative factors around the nature, volume and mix of the loan portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015. In addition, loans totaling approximately $88.5 million were acquired as part of the IBT acquisition in July of 2015. No provision was recorded for these loans as they were recorded at the purchase date fair value and there has been no significant credit deterioration since the acquisition date, requiring additional credit loss provision. In addition, net charge-offs increased $221 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the same period in 2015.
Noninterest Income
Our primary sources of recurring noninterest income are service charges on deposit accounts, gains on the sale of loans and other real estate owned and income from bank-owned life insurance. Noninterest income does not include loan origination fees to the extent they exceed the direct loan origination costs, which are generally recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.

45



The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:
 
For the 
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Decrease)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest income:
    
 
    
 
    
Service charges and fees on deposit accounts
$
1,846

 
$
1,326

 
$
520

Gain on sales of investment securities
15

 
7

 
8

Gain on sales of loans
3,288

 
1,254

 
2,034

Gain on sales of other assets owned

 
19

 
(19
)
Bank-owned life insurance
771

 
747

 
24

Other
583

 
351

 
232

Total noninterest income
$
6,503

 
$
3,704

 
$
2,799

Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $2.8 million, or 75.6%, to $6.5 million compared to noninterest income of $3.7 million for the same period in 2015. The primary components of the increase were as follows:
Service charges and fees on deposit accounts. We earn service charges and fees from our customers for deposit-related activities. The income from these deposit activities constitutes a significant and predictable component of our noninterest income. Service charges and fees on deposit accounts were $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $520 thousand, or 39.2%, over the same period in 2015. This increase was attributable to growth in the number of deposit accounts, transaction fees and service charges from new and existing customers and from a full year of fees in 2016 from accounts acquired in the acquisition of IBT on July 1, 2015.
Gain on sales of loans. We originate SBA guaranteed loans and long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans for resale into the secondary market. Income from sale on loans was $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase of $2.0 million, or 162.2%, was primarily due to increased sales of SBA-guaranteed loans resulting in incremental gains of $1.1 million, increased number of mortgage loans sold resulting in increased gains of $702 thousand, and a non-recurring gain on the sale of a loan acquired in the IBT acquisition of $193 thousand.
Bank-owned life insurance. We invest in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) due to its attractive nontaxable return and protection against the loss of our key employees. We record income based on the growth of the cash surrender value of these policies as well as the annual yield. Income from BOLI increased $24 thousand, or 3.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the same period in 2015. The increase of $24 thousand in income was primarily attributable to $1.0 million additional BOLI from the acquisition of IBT.
Other. Other noninterest income was $583 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $232 thousand, or 66.1%, compared to the same period in 2015. The increase was in part related to a $151 thousand increase in late charges on loans of which $107 thousand was received from a single customer on the pay off of their past due loan during the year ended December 31, 2016. Additionally, $43 thousand of the increase in other income was as a result of the collection of a loan that was fully charged off by IBT prior to our acquisition of IBT in July of 2015. Finally, dividends on FHLB and FRB stock increased $56 thousand from $163 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2015 to $219 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase is attributable to the purchase of an additional $2.6 million and $624 thousand of FHLB and FRB stock, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2016.
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense is composed of all employee expenses and costs associated with operating our facilities, acquiring and retaining customer relationships and providing bank services. The major component of noninterest expense is salaries and employee benefits. Noninterest expense also includes operational expenses such as occupancy expenses, depreciation and

46



amortization of office equipment, professional fees and regulatory fees, including Federal Deposit Insurance (“FDIC”) assessments, data processing expenses, and advertising and promotion expenses.
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:
 
For the Year Ended
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Decrease)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
$
14,332

 
$
11,265

 
$
3,067

Non-staff expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Occupancy and equipment
3,667

 
3,477

 
190

Professional fees
2,804

 
2,023

 
781

Data processing and software expense
1,158

 
1,216

 
(58
)
FDIC assessment fees
661

 
448

 
213

Marketing
983

 
799

 
184

Other assets owned expenses and write-downs
163

 
53

 
110

Amortization of intangibles
380

 
338

 
42

Telephone and communications
402

 
263

 
139

Other 
1,840

 
1,506

 
334

Total noninterest expense
$
26,390

 
$
21,388

 
$
5,002

Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $5.0 million, or 23.4%, to $26.4 million compared to noninterest expense of $21.4 million for the same period in 2015. The most significant components of the increase were as follows:
Salaries and employee benefits.  Salaries and employee benefits include payroll expenses, the cost of incentive compensation, benefit plans, health insurance and payroll taxes. The level of employee expense is impacted by the amount of direct loan origination costs which are required to be deferred in accordance with ASC 310-20 (formerly FAS91). Salaries and employee benefits were $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $3.1 million, or 27.2%, compared to the same period in 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to the addition of 15 full-time equivalent employees during 2016 and higher incentive and benefit costs as a result of a full twelve months expense in 2016 associated with the employees acquired with the acquisition of IBT on July 1, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, we had 162 full-time equivalent employees. Salaries and employee benefits included $983 thousand and $633 thousand in stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Occupancy and equipment.    Occupancy and equipment expense includes lease expense, building depreciation and related facilities costs as well as furniture, fixture and equipment depreciation, small equipment purchases and maintenance expense. Our expense associated with occupancy and equipment was $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $3.5 million for the same period in 2015. The increase of $190 thousand, or 5.5%, was primarily the result of increased lease expense, building depreciation, utilities and maintenance as a result of a full twelve months of expense associated with facilities acquired with the acquisition of IBT on July 1, 2015 and increased hardware and software costs.
Professional fees. This category includes legal, investment bank, director, stock transfer agent fees and other public company services, information technology support, audit services and regulatory assessment expense. Professional fees were $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $781 thousand, or 38.6%, compared to the same period in 2015. The increase was due to increases in directors’ fees of $240 thousand, SEC filing and reporting expenses of $66 thousand and audit and regulatory expenses of $312 thousand. In addition, acquisition related expense included within professional services and legal fees increased $58 thousand during 2016 compared to the same period in 2015.
 
FDIC assessment fees. FDIC assessment fees were $661 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $448 thousand for the same period during 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to a higher assessment associated with both a

47



higher assessment base due to an increase in average assets from organic growth and growth through the IBT acquisition on July 1, 2015 and a higher assessment rate implemented in the third quarter of 2016.
Other. This category includes operating and administrative expenses including loan operations and collections, supplies and printing, online and card interchange expense, ATM/debit card processing, postage and delivery, BOLI mortality expense, insurance and security expenses. Other noninterest expense increased $334 thousand, or 22.2%, to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $1.5 million for the same period in 2015 primarily related to operating expenses associated with the addition of IBT, organic growth in deposit and loan volume, and additional staffing levels. Operating expense increases include increases in loan and collection expense of $174 thousand, security expense of $66 thousand, education and training of $43 thousand, and dues and memberships and subscriptions of $42 thousand.
 
Income Tax Expense  

The amount of income tax expense is a function of our pre-tax income, tax-exempt income and other nondeductible expenses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect current statutory income tax rates in effect for the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. As of December 31, 2016, the Company did not believe a valuation allowance was necessary.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, income tax expense totaled $6.5 million, an increase of $2.4 million, or 57.1%, compared to $4.1 million for the same period in 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to the $6.1 million increase in net operating income from $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $19.0 million for the same period in 2016.

The Company’s estimated annual effective tax rate, before reporting the net impact of discrete items, was approximately 34.1% and 33.3% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase in effective tax rates for the year ended December 31, 2016 was affected primarily by increases in our federal statutory rate from 34% to 35%. The effective tax rate is below our statutory rate primarily due to tax exempt income generated from BOLI and municipal securities.

Inclusive of the net impact of discrete items, the Company’s estimated effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 34.0% and 31.9%, respectively. The Company’s provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015, was impacted by a net discrete tax benefit of $186 thousand associated primarily with the recognition of deferred tax assets related to non-qualified stock options.


48



Quarterly Financial Information
The following table presents certain unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information regarding the Company’s results of operations for the quarters ended December 31, September 30, June 30 and March 31 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. This information should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 
For the Three Months Ended 2016
 
December 31
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
$
12,281

 
$
12,054

 
$
11,477

 
$
10,783

Interest expense
1,761

 
1,537

 
1,249

 
1,093

Net interest income
10,520

 
10,517

 
10,228

 
9,690

Provision for loan losses
440

 
238

 
527

 
845

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
10,080

 
10,279

 
9,701

 
8,845

Noninterest income
1,824

 
1,893

 
1,412

 
1,373

Noninterest expense
7,084

 
7,029

 
6,301

 
5,975

Provision for income tax
1,630

 
1,768

 
1,639

 
1,430

Net income
$
3,190

 
$
3,375

 
$
3,173

 
$
2,813

Comprehensive income
$
1,663

 
$
3,368

 
$
3,374

 
$
3,040

Basic earnings per share
$
0.28

 
$
0.32

 
$
0.30

 
$
0.26

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.27

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.29

 
$
0.26

 
 
For the Three Months Ended 2015
 
December 31
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
$
10,007

 
$
9,538

 
$
7,761

 
$
7,614

Interest expense
994

 
921

 
789

 
757

Net interest income
9,013

 
8,617

 
6,972

 
6,857

Provision for loan losses
610

 

 
148

 
110

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
8,403

 
8,617

 
6,824

 
6,747

Noninterest income
1,207

 
1,043

 
688

 
766

Noninterest expense
5,734

 
5,842

 
4,730

 
5,082

Provision for income tax
1,303

 
1,281

 
926

 
607

Net income
$
2,573

 
$
2,537

 
$
1,856

 
$
1,824

Comprehensive income
$
2,337

 
$
2,613

 
$
1,696

 
$
1,830

Basic earnings per share
$
0.24

 
$
0.24

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.19

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.23

 
$
0.23

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.19


Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014
Net Interest Income
For the year ended December 31, 2015, net interest income totaled $31.5 million compared with net interest income of $25.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $6.1 million, or 24.1%. This increase was primarily due to a $6.7 million, or 23.6%, increase in interest income which was partially offset by a $542 thousand, or 18.6%, increase in interest expense. The growth in interest income is primarily attributable to a $151.4 million, or 27.7%, increase in average loans outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to average loans outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2014. This growth

49



was the result of the acquisition of IBT, which closed on July 1, 2015, new loan originations, and growth of existing customer loan balances.
Interest expense as of December 31, 2015 was $3.5 million compared to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $542 thousand, or 18.6%. The year-over-year increase was due to growth of average interest bearing liabilities of $104.3 million, or 26.2%, primarily due to the increase in interest bearing liabilities acquired in the IBT acquisition and organic growth in average interest bearing deposits, advances from FHLB, and other borrowings.
Net interest margin and net interest spread were 3.80% and 3.53%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 3.85% and 3.56%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in net interest margin by 5 basis points and decrease in net interest spread by 3 basis points was due to a 0.16% decline in loan yields to 4.83% from 4.99% as overall market yields for new loan originations and renewals were below the average yield of amortizing or paid-off loans. The average interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 0.69% during the year ended December 31, 2015 from 0.73% for the same period in 2014 and was attributable to a change in deposit mix as the bank utilized low interest rate brokered money market deposits in place of certificates of deposits which paid higher interest rates.

The net interest margin benefited from growth in noninterest deposits as full year average noninterest-bearing deposits grew to $267.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $230.9 million, a $36.7 million or 15.9% increase over the year ended December 31, 2014.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, an analysis of net interest income by each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the average amounts outstanding and the interest earned or paid on such amounts. The table also sets forth the average rate earned on interest-earning assets, the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, and the net interest margin on average total interest-earning assets for the same periods. Interest earned on loans that are classified as non-accrual is not recognized in income; however, the balances are reflected in average outstanding balances for the period. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, interest income not recognized on non-accrual loans was minimal. Any non-accrual loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.


50



 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 
Interest
Earned/
Interest
Paid
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 
Interest
Earned/
Interest
Paid
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans(1)
$
697,439

 
$
33,680

 
4.83
%
 
$
546,041

 
$
27,236

 
4.99
%
Securities available for sale
59,088

 
997

 
1.69

 
49,058

 
839

 
1.71

Investment in subsidiary
93

 
2

 
2.15

 
93

 
2

 
2.15

Interest-earning deposits in financial institutions
70,630

 
241

 
0.34

 
63,176

 
182

 
0.29

Total interest-earning assets
827,250

 
34,920

 
4.22

 
658,368

 
28,259

 
4.29

Allowance for loan losses
(6,419
)
 
 
 
 
 
(5,498
)
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-earning assets
78,006

 
 
 
 
 
60,168

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
898,837

 
 
 
 
 
$
713,038

 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits
$
475,034

 
$
2,918

 
0.61
%
 
$
374,074

 
$
2,421

 
0.65
%
Advances from FHLB
18,055

 
159

 
0.88
%
 
15,890

 
118

 
0.74

Other borrowings
9,212

 
384

 
4.17
%
 
8,073

 
380

 
4.71

Total interest-bearing liabilities
502,301

 
3,461

 
0.69

 
398,037

 
2,919

 
0.73

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
267,550

 
 
 
 
 
230,875

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
2,408

 
 
 
 
 
1,783

 
 
 
 
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities
269,958

 
 
 
 
 
232,658

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
126,578

 
 
 
 
 
82,343

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
898,837

 
 
 
 
 
$
713,038

 
 
 
 
Net interest rate spread(2)
 
 
 
 
3.53
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.56
%
Net interest income
 
 
$
31,459

 
 
 
 
 
$
25,340

 
 
Net interest margin(3)
 
 
 
 
3.80
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.85
%
 
__________________
(1)
Includes average outstanding balances of loans held for sale of $3,134 and $3,569 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(2)
Net interest spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)
Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

The following table presents changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated for each major component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the changes attributable to changes in volume and interest rates. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate.

51



 
For the Year Ended
 
December 31, 2015 vs. 2014
 
Increase
 
 
 
(Decrease)
 
 
 
Due to Change in
 
 
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
    
 
    
 
    
Total loans
$
7,552

 
$
(1,108
)
 
$
6,444

Securities available for sale
172

 
(14
)
 
158

Other investments

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Interest-earning deposits in other banks
22

 
37

 
59

Total increase (decrease) in interest income
7,746

 
(1,086
)
 
6,660

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 

Interest-bearing deposits
654

 
(158
)
 
496

Advances from FHLB
16

 
25

 
41

Other borrowings
53

 
(48
)
 
5

Total increase (decrease) in interest expense
723

 
(181
)
 
542

Increase (decrease) in net interest income
$
7,023

 
$
(905
)
 
$
6,118

 
Provision for Loan Losses
Our provision for loan losses is a charge to income in order to bring our allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management. For a description of the factors taken into account by management in determining the allowance for loan losses see “—Financial Condition—Allowance for loan losses.” The provision for loan losses was $868 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $1.4 million for the same period in 2014, a decrease of $555 thousand or 39.0%. The decrease in provision expense was due to lower expenses required to replenish the reserve from the net charge-off of loans and improvement in the historical loss trend used in the estimation of the allowance. In addition, loans totaling approximately $88.5 million were acquired as part of the IBT acquisition in July of 2015. No provision was recorded for these loans as they were recorded at the purchase date fair value and there has been no significant credit deterioration since the acquisition date. This reduction was partially offset by general reserves needed to cover the amount of growth in the loan portfolio.
Noninterest Income
Our primary sources of recurring noninterest income are service charges on deposit accounts, gains on the sale of loans, gains on the sale of other real estate owned, gains on the sale of investment securities, and income from bank-owned life insurance. Noninterest income does not include loan origination fees to the extent they exceed the direct loan origination costs, which are generally recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.
    

52



The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:
 
For the 
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Decrease)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest income:
    
 
    
 
    
Service charges and fees on deposit accounts
$
1,326

 
$
1,099

 
$
227

Gain on sales of investment securities
7

 
34

 
(27
)
Gain on sales of loans
1,254

 
641

 
613

Gain on sales of other assets owned
19

 
10

 
9

Bank-owned life insurance
747

 
427

 
320

Other
351

 
285

 
66

Total noninterest income
$
3,704

 
$
2,496

 
$
1,208

Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $1.2 million, or 48.4%, to $3.7 million compared to noninterest income of $2.5 million for the same period in 2014. The primary components of the increase were as follows:
Service charges and fees on deposit accounts. We earn service charges and fees from our customers for deposit-related activities. The income from these deposit activities constitute a significant and predictable component of our noninterest income. Service charges and fees on deposit accounts were $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $227 thousand, or 20.7%, over the same period in 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth in new and acquired deposit customers and the related transaction fees and service charges from these accounts.
Gain on sales of loans. We originate SBA guaranteed loans and long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans for resale into the secondary market. Income from the sales of loans was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $641 thousand for the same period of 2014. This increase of $613 thousand, or 95.6%, was primarily due to the sale of SBA guaranteed loans acquired with IBT resulting in gains of $551 thousand. The Company did not sell SBA loans prior to the IBT acquisition. Income from the sale of mortgage loans was $703 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $641 thousand for the same period in 2014, an increase of $62 thousand, or 9.7%.
Bank-owned life insurance. We invest in BOLI due to its attractive nontaxable return and protection against the loss of our key employees. We record income based on the growth of the cash surrender value of these policies as well as the annual yield. Income from BOLI increased $320 thousand, or 74.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. The increase in income was primarily attributable to the purchase of $7.0 million in additional BOLI in December of 2014 and an additional $1.0 million of BOLI acquired from IBT.
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense is composed of all employee expenses and costs associated with operating our facilities, acquiring and retaining customer relationships and providing bank services. The major component of noninterest expense is salaries and employee benefits. Noninterest expense also includes operational expenses, such as occupancy expenses, depreciation and amortization of office equipment, professional and regulatory fees, including FDIC assessments, data processing expenses, and advertising and promotion expenses.

53



The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:
 
For the Year Ended
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Decrease)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
$
11,265

 
$
10,037

 
$
1,228

Non-staff expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Occupancy and equipment
3,477

 
3,246

 
231

Professional fees
2,023

 
1,382

 
641

Data processing and software expense
1,216

 
1,041

 
175

FDIC assessment fees
448

 
421

 
27

Marketing
799

 
588

 
211

Other assets owned expenses and write-downs
53

 
211

 
(158
)
Amortization of intangibles
338

 
295

 
43

Telephone and communications
263

 
226

 
37

Other 
1,506

 
1,056

 
450

Total noninterest expense
$
21,388

 
$
18,503

 
$
2,885

 
Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $2.9 million, or 15.6%, to $21.4 million compared to noninterest expense of $18.5 million for the same period in 2014. The most significant components of the increase were as follows:
Salaries and employee benefits. Salaries and employee benefits include payroll expense, the cost of incentive compensation, benefit plans, health insurance and payroll taxes. The level of employee expense is impacted by the amount of direct loan origination costs which are required to be deferred in accordance with ASC 310-20 (formerly FAS91). Salaries and employee benefits were $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $1.2 million, or 12.2%, compared to the same period in 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to the addition of 26 full-time equivalent employees during 2015. As of December 31, 2015, there was 147 full-time equivalent employees. Salaries and employee benefits included $633 thousand and $455 thousand in stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Occupancy and equipment. Occupancy and equipment expense includes lease expense, building depreciation and related facilities costs as well as furniture, fixture and equipment depreciation, small equipment purchases and maintenance expense. Our expense associated with occupancy and equipment was $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $3.2 million for the same period of 2014. The increase of $231 thousand, or 7.1%, was primarily the result of increased tax assessments as well as delinquent tax payments made in the first quarter of 2015.
Professional fees. This category includes legal, investment bank, director, stock transfer agent fees and other public company services, information technology support, audit services and regulatory assessment expense. Professional services were $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $1.4 million for the same period in 2014, an increase of $641 thousand, or 46.4%. This increase was due to legal and investment banking expenses incurred for the purchase of IBT that was completed on July 1, 2015.
Data processing and software expenses. Data processing expenses were $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $175 thousand, or 16.8%, compared to the same period in 2014. The increase was attributable to core processing expense incurred due to the increase account transaction volume and the expense associated with software maintenance primarily related to new applications purchased to increase our operating efficiencies and enhance our controls.
Marketing. This category includes advertising and promotions, business entertainment, donations and charitable contributions. Marketing expenses were $799 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $588 thousand for the same period in 2014. The increase of $211 thousand, or 35.9%, was primarily related to an increase in donations and charitable contributions.

54



Other real estate owned expenses and write-downs. Expenses related to other real estate owned were $53 thousand and $211 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decrease of $158 thousand, or 74.9%, was due to a reduction in the number of properties comprising other real estate owned.
Other. This category includes operating and administrative expenses including loan operations and collections, supplies and printing, online and card interchange expense, ATM/debit card processing, postage and delivery, BOLI mortality expense, insurance and security expenses. Other noninterest expense increased $450 thousand, or 42.6%, to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $1.1 million for the same period in 2014 primarily related to the integration of IBT operations after July 1, 2015.
Income Tax Expense
The amount of income tax expense is a function of our our pre-tax income, tax-exempt income and other nondeductible expenses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates in effect for the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, income tax expense totaled $4.1 million, an increase of $1.4 million, or 52.2%, compared to $2.7 million for the same period in 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to the $5.0 million increase in net operating income from $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $12.9 million for the same period in 2015. The Company’s estimated annual effective tax rate, before reporting the net impact of discrete items, was approximately 33.3% and 34.2% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the effective tax rate is below the statutory rate, primarily because of tax-exempt income generated from BOLI. The Company’s effective tax rates after including the net impact of discrete items for year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were 31.9% and 34.2%, respectively. The Company’s provision for income taxes year ended December 31, 2015, was impacted by a net discrete tax benefit of $186 thousand associated primarily with the recognition of deferred tax assets related to non-qualified stock options. There were no discrete items for the year ended December 31, 2014 that affected the Company’s provision for income taxes.

Financial Condition
Our total assets were $1.4 billion, $1.0 billion and $802.2 million as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Assets increased $369.0 million, or 35.5%, from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 and $237.3 million, or 29.6%, from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015.  Our asset growth was due to the successful execution of our strategy to establish deep relationships in the Dallas metropolitan area. We believe these relationships will bring in new customer accounts and grow balances from existing loan and deposit customers.
Loan Portfolio
Our primary source of income is interest on loans to individuals, professionals, small to medium-sized businesses and commercial companies located in the Dallas metropolitan area. Our loan portfolio consists primarily of commercial loans and real estate loans secured by commercial real estate properties located in our primary market area. Our loan portfolio represents the highest yielding component of our earning asset base.
As of December 31, 2016, total loans were $991.9 million, an increase of $171.3 million, or 20.9%, compared to $820.6 million as of December 31, 2015. These increases were primarily due to the growth in new originations from the addition of experienced commercial bankers and our continued penetration in our primary market area. In addition to these amounts, $5.2 million and $2.8 million were loans classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
Total loans as a percentage of deposits were 88.6% and 94.5% as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Total loans as a percentage of assets were 70.4% and 78.9% as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

55



The following table summarizes our loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
$
291,416

 
29.38
%
 
$
246,124

 
30.0
%
 
$
207,101

 
34.3
%
 
$
160,823

 
32.5
%
 
$
123,779

 
31.1
%
Real estate:
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction and land
162,614

 
16.39

 
126,422

 
15.4

 
69,966

 
11.6

 
47,643

 
9.6

 
41,497

 
10.4

Farmland
8,262

 
0.83

 
11,696

 
1.4

 
10,528

 
1.7

 
11,656

 
2.4

 
6,281

 
1.6

1 - 4 family residential
140,137

 
14.13

 
137,704

 
16.8

 
105,788

 
17.5

 
86,908

 
17.5

 
71,875

 
18.1

Multi-family residential
14,683

 
1.48

 
8,695

 
1.1

 
9,964

 
1.7

 
11,862

 
2.4

 
12,997

 
3.3

Commercial Real Estate
370,696

 
37.37

 
284,622

 
34.7

 
195,839

 
32.5

 
171,451

 
34.6

 
134,449

 
33.8

Consumer
4,089

 
0.41

 
5,304

 
0.6

 
4,124

 
0.7

 
4,927

 
1.0

 
6,858

 
1.7

Total loans held for investment
$
991,897

 
100
%
 
$
820,567

 
100
%
 
$
603,310

 
100
%
 
$
495,270

 
100
%
 
$
397,736

 
100
%
Total loans held for sale
$
5,208

 
 
 
$
2,831

 
 
 
$
8,858

 
 
 
$
2,051

 
 
 
$
2,818

 
 
Commercial. Our commercial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and effectively. These loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower, and secondarily, on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets, such as accounts receivable or inventory, and generally include personal guarantees.
Commercial loans increased $45.3 million, or 18.4%, to $291.4 million as of December 31, 2016 from $246.1 million as of December 31, 2015. The increase was due to growth in origination volumes from our new commercial lending team hired in early 2016 and continued efforts to develop lending relationships in our primary market area.
Construction and land.  Our construction and land development loans consist of loans to fund construction, land acquisition and land development construction. The properties securing the portfolio are located throughout north Texas and are generally diverse in terms of type.
Construction and land loans increased $36.2 million, or 28.6%, to $162.6 million as of December 31, 2016 from $126.4 million as of December 31, 2015. This increase was due to a robust business environment in our primary market area.
1-4 family residential.  Our 1-4 family residential loans consist of loans secured by single family homes, which are both owner-occupied and investor owned. Our 1-4 family residential loans have a relatively small balance spread between many individual borrowers.
1-4 family residential loans increased $2.4 million, or 1.8%, to $140.1 million as of December 31, 2016 from $137.7 million as of December 31, 2015. This increase is a result of strong housing demand in our primary market.
Commercial Real Estate.  Our commercial real estate loans are underwritten primarily based on projected cash flows and, secondarily, as loans secured by real estate. These loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the portfolio are located throughout north Texas and are generally diverse in terms of type. This diversity helps reduce the exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single industry.
Commercial real estate loans increased $86.1 million, or 30.2%, to $370.7 million as of December 31, 2016 from $284.6 million as of December 31, 2015. The increase is due to continued demand within our primary market area.
Other loan categories.  Other categories of loans included in our loan portfolio include farmland and agricultural loans made to farmers and ranchers relating to their operations, multi-family residential loans and consumer loans. None of these categories of loans represents a significant portion of our total loan portfolio.

56



The contractual maturity ranges of loans in our loan portfolio and the amount of such loans with fixed and floating interest rates in each maturity range as of date indicated are summarized in the following tables:
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
One Year
 
One Through
 
After
 
 
 
or Less
 
Five Years
 
Five Years
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
$
192,357

 
$
65,793

 
$
33,266

 
$
291,416

Real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Construction and land
100,766

 
48,813

 
13,035

 
162,614

Farmland
5,692

 
2,549

 
20

 
8,261

1 - 4 family residential
16,211

 
98,945

 
24,981

 
140,137

Multi-family residential
2,860

 
11,824

 

 
14,684

Commerical Real Estate
90,547

 
210,628

 
69,521

 
370,696

Consumer
1,094

 
2,583

 
412

 
4,089

Total loans
$
409,527

 
$
441,135

 
$
141,235

 
$
991,897

Amounts with fixed rates
$
93,468

 
$
223,068

 
$
82,953

 
$
399,489

Amounts with floating rates
$
316,059

 
$
218,067

 
$
58,282

 
$
592,408

 
 
December 31, 2015
 
One Year
 
One Through
 
After
 
 
 
or Less
 
Five Years
 
Five Years
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
$
86,424

 
$
126,116

 
$
33,584

 
$
246,124

Real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Construction and land
68,613

 
42,866

 
14,943

 
126,422

Farmland
7,369

 
4,089

 
238

 
11,696

1 - 4 family residential
12,754

 
92,487

 
32,463

 
137,704

Multi-family residential
1,448

 
7,247

 

 
8,695

Commercial Real Estate
51,219

 
166,324

 
67,079

 
284,622

Consumer
1,470

 
3,420

 
414

 
5,304

Total loans
$
229,297

 
$
442,549

 
$
148,721

 
$
820,567

Amounts with fixed rates
$
58,369

 
$
231,896

 
$
79,040

 
$
369,305

Amounts with floating rates
$
170,928

 
$
210,653

 
$
69,681

 
$
451,262

Nonperforming Assets
Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
We have several procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. We have established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our bankers, and we also monitor our delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. Nevertheless, our loan portfolio could become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.

57



We believe our conservative lending approach and focused management of nonperforming assets has resulted in sound asset quality and timely resolution of problem assets. We had $2.4 million in nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2016 compared to $1.2 million in nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2015. We had $1.8 million in nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2016 compared to $675 thousand as of December 31, 2015.
The following table presents information regarding nonperforming loans at the dates indicated:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans(1)
$
941

 
$
591

 
$
436

 
$
1,117

 
$
1,211

Accruing loans 90 or more days past due
835

 
84

 

 
9

 
93

Total nonperforming loans
1,776

 
675

 
436

 
1,126

 
1,304

Other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate, construction, land and land development
493

 
493

 
55

 
1,797

 
2,438

Residential real estate
169

 

 
50

 

 

Total other assets owned
662

 
493

 
105

 
1,797

 
2,438

Total nonperforming assets
$
2,438

 
$
1,168

 
$
541

 
$
2,923

 
$
3,742

Restructured loans—non-accrual
$
170

 
$
288

 
$
597

 
$
1,611

 
$
1,525

Restructured loans—accruing
$
652

 
$
1,439

 
$
1,080

 
$
2,465

 
$
1,156

Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans
0.18
%
 
0.08
%
 
0.07
%
 
0.23
%
 
0.33
%
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets
0.17
%
 
0.11
%
 
0.07
%
 
0.44
%
 
0.71
%

(1) Does not include purchased credit impaired loans.
 
The following table presents non-accrual loans by category at the dates indicated:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction and land
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
76

 
$

Farmland

 

 

 

 

1 - 4 family residential

 
187

 

 
1,041

 
879

Multi-family residential

 

 

 

 

Nonfarm residential

 

 
375

 

 
331

Commercial
930

 
383

 
34

 

 

Consumer
11

 
21

 
27

 

 
1

Total
$
941

 
$
591

 
$
436

 
$
1,117

 
$
1,211

 
Potential Problem Loans
From a credit risk standpoint, we classify loans in one of four categories: pass, special mention, substandard or doubtful. Loans classified as loss are charged-off. Loans not rated special mention, substandard, doubtful, or loss are classified as pass loans. The classifications of loans reflect a judgment about the risks of default and loss associated with the loan. We review the ratings on credits monthly. Ratings are adjusted to reflect the degree of risk and loss that is felt to be inherent in each credit as of each monthly reporting period. Our methodology is structured so that specific allocations are increased in accordance with deterioration in credit quality (and a corresponding increase in risk and loss) or decreased in accordance with improvement in credit quality (and a corresponding decrease in risk and loss).

58



Credits rated special mention show clear signs of financial weaknesses or deterioration in credit worthiness, however, such concerns are not so pronounced that we generally expect to experience significant loss within the short-term. Such credits typically maintain the ability to perform within standard credit terms and credit exposure is not as prominent as credits with a lower rating.
Credits rated substandard are those in which the normal repayment of principal and interest may be, or has been, jeopardized by reason of adverse trends or developments of a financial, managerial, economic or political nature, or important weaknesses which exist in collateral. A protracted workout on these credits is a distinct possibility. Prompt corrective action is therefore required to strengthen our position, and/or to reduce exposure and to assure that adequate remedial measures are taken by the borrower. Credit exposure becomes more likely in such credits and a serious evaluation of the secondary support to the credit is performed.
Credits rated doubtful are those in which full collection of principal appears highly questionable, and which some degree of loss is anticipated, even though the ultimate amount of loss may not yet be certain and/or other factors exist which could affect collection of debt. Based upon available information, positive action by the Company is required to avert or minimize loss. Credits rated doubtful are generally also placed on non-accrual.
The following table summarizes our internal loan ratings, including purchased credit impaired loans, as of the dates indicated.
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
Special
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
 
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land
$
162,614

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
162,614

Farmland
8,262

 

 

 

 
8,262

1 - 4 family residential
139,212

 
710

 
215

 

 
140,137

Multi-family residential
14,683

 

 

 

 
14,683

Commercial Real Estate
368,370

 
2,326

 

 

 
370,696

Commercial
289,589

 
686

 
1,034

 
107

 
291,416

Consumer
4,078

 

 
11

 

 
4,089

Total
$
986,808

 
$
3,722

 
$
1,260

 
$
107

 
$
991,897

 
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
Special
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
 
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land
$
126,422

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
126,422

Farmland
11,696

 

 

 

 
11,696

1 - 4 family residential
136,856

 

 
848

 

 
137,704

Multi-family residential
8,695

 

 

 

 
8,695

Commercial Real Estate
282,404

 
2,043

 
175

 

 
284,622

Commercial
244,948

 
573

 
527

 
76

 
246,124

Consumer
5,282

 
1

 
21

 

 
5,304

Total
$
816,303

 
$
2,617

 
$
1,571

 
$
76

 
$
820,567

 
 
In the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company disclosed a borrowing relationship comprised of loans to multiple affiliated funds in which one of the funds had publicly disclosed that it was subject to ongoing SEC investigations and that the Federal Bureau of Investigation served a search warrant in February 2016 at the fund’s

59



corporate offices in connection with a law enforcement investigation. At that time, the borrowing relationship consisted of four loans to five affiliated funds secured by various assets, including multiple notes made to numerous residential developers in favor of the funds and further secured by deeds of trust. These loans were made to separate and distinct borrowing entities, and are not dependent on each other for repayment.
     At December 31, 2015, the total principal balance outstanding under the borrowing relationship amounted to $25.4 million. As of December 31, 2016, all of the loans in the borrowing relationship have been paid in full including principal, interest, late fees and attorney fees.
Allowance for loan losses
We maintain an allowance for loan losses that represents management’s best estimate of the loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we estimate losses on specific loans, or groups of loans, where the probable loss can be identified and reasonably determined. The balance of the allowance for loan losses is based on internally assigned risk classifications of loans, historical loan loss rates, changes in the nature of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, industry concentrations, delinquency trends, current economic factors and the estimated impact of current economic conditions on certain historical loan loss rates. For additional discussion of our methodology, please refer to “—Critical Accounting Policies—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses.”
In connection with our review of the loan portfolio, we consider risk elements attributable to particular loan types or categories in assessing the quality of individual loans. Some of the risk elements we consider include:
for commercial and industrial loans, the operating results of the commercial, industrial or professional enterprise, the borrower’s business, professional and financial ability and expertise, the specific risks and volatility of income and operating results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral;
for commercial mortgage loans and multifamily residential loans, the debt service coverage ratio (income from the property in excess of operating expenses compared to loan payment requirements), operating results of the owner in the case of owner occupied properties, the loan to value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the volatility of income, property value and future operating results typical of properties of that type;
for 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, including a consideration of the debt to income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan to value ratio, and the age, condition and marketability of the collateral; and
for construction, land development and other land loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell developed lots or improvements constructed for resale or the ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality and nature of contracts for presale or prelease, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan to value ratio.
As of December 31, 2016, the allowance for loan losses totaled $8.5 million, or 0.86%, of total loans. As of December 31, 2015, the allowance for loan losses totaled $6.8 million, or 0.83%, of total loans.The increase in the percentage of allowance of loan losses to total loans compared to December 31, 2015 was primarily due to changes in qualitative factors around the nature, volume and mix of the loan portfolio. Ending balances for the purchase discount related to non-impaired acquired loans were $469 thousand, and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Purchased credit impaired loans are not considered nonperforming loans. Purchased credit impaired loans were insignificant as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

60



The following table presents, as of and for the periods indicated, an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and other related data:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Average loans outstanding(1)
$
919,387

 
$
694,305

 
$
546,041

 
$
433,612

 
$
342,130

Gross loans outstanding at end of period(1)
$
991,897

 
$
820,567

 
$
603,310

 
$
495,270

 
$
397,736

Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period
$
6,772

 
$
5,981

 
$
5,018

 
$
3,238

 
$
1,012

Provision for loan losses
2,050

 
868

 
1,423

 
1,883

 
2,953

Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction, land and farmland

 
(48
)
 
(28
)
 

 

Residential

 

 
(30
)
 
(85
)
 
(265
)
Nonfarm non-residential

 

 

 

 
(231
)
Commercial
(314
)
 
(87
)
 
(448
)
 
(110
)
 
(172
)
Consumer
(19
)
 
(5
)
 
(4
)
 
(45
)
 
(133
)
Total charge-offs
(333
)
 
(140
)
 
(510
)
 
(240
)
 
(801
)
Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction, land and farmland

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 
60

 

Nonfarm non-residential

 
5

 
2

 

 

Commercial
32

 
57

 
46

 
32

 
61

Consumer
3

 
1

 
2

 
45

 
13

Total recoveries
35

 
63

 
50

 
137

 
74

Net charge-offs
(298
)
 
(77
)
 
(460
)
 
(103
)
 
(727
)
Allowance for loan losses at end of period
$
8,524

 
$
6,772

 
$
5,981

 
$
5,018

 
$
3,238

Ratio of allowance to end of period loans
0.86
%
 
0.83
%
 
0.99
%
 
1.01
%
 
0.81
%
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans
0.03
%
 
0.01
%
 
0.08
%
 
0.02
%
 
0.21
%
 
(1)
Excluding loans held for sale and deferred loan fees.
We believe the successful execution of our growth strategy through key acquisitions and organic growth is demonstrated by the upward trend in loan balances from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2016. Loan balances increased from $397.7 million as of December 31, 2012, to $991.9 million as of December 31, 2016. Our allowance has increased consistently with the growth in our loan portfolio during the same period. Further, net charge-offs have been immaterial, representing less than 0.25% of total loan balances during the same period.
Although we believe that we have established our allowance for loan losses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and that the allowance for loan losses was adequate to provide for known and inherent losses in the portfolio at all times shown above, future provisions will be subject to ongoing evaluations of the risks in our loan portfolio. If we experience economic declines or if asset quality deteriorates, material additional provisions could be required.
The following table shows the allocation of the allowance for loan losses among our loan categories and certain other information as of the dates indicated. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses as shown in the table should neither be interpreted as an indication of future charge-offs, nor as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will necessarily occur in these amounts or in the indicated proportions. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any loan category.

61



 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013(1)
 
2012(1)
 
 
 
Percent
 
 
 
Percent
 
 
 
Percent
 
 
 
Percent
 
 
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
to Total
 
Amount
 
to Total
 
Amount
 
to Total
 
Amount
 
to Total
 
Amount
 
to Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land
$
1,346

 
15.8
%
 
$
1,007

 
14.9
%
 
$
675

 
11.3
%
 
$
660

 
13.2
%
 
455

 
14.1

Farmland
69

 
0.8

 
97

 
1.4

 
94

 
1.6

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

1 - 4 family residential
999

 
11.7

 
1,058

 
15.6

 
1,077

 
18

 
861

 
17.1

 
672

 
20.8

Multi-family residential
117

 
1.4

 
66

 
1.0

 
89

 
1.5

 
109

 
2.2

 
83

 
2.6

Commercial Real Estate
3,003

 
35.2

 
2,189

 
32.3

 
1,890

 
31.6

 
1,726

 
34.4

 
1,028

 
31.7

Total real estate
$
5,534

 
64.9
%
 
$
4,417

 
65.2
%
 
$
3,825

 
64.0
%
 
$
3,356

 
66.9
%
 
$
2,238

 
69.2
%
Commercial
2,955

 
34.7

 
2,324

 
34.3

 
2,092

 
34.9

 
1,585

 
31.6

 
947

 
29.2

Consumer
35

 
0.4

 
31

 
0.5

 
64

 
1.1

 
77

 
1.5

 
53

 
1.6

Total allowance for loan losses
$
8,524

 
100
%
 
$
6,772

 
100
%
 
$
5,981

 
100
%
 
$
5,018

 
100
%
 
$
3,238

 
100
%
 
_______________
(1)
In 2013 and 2012, allowance for loan loss related to farmland was included in the construction and land category.
Securities
We use our securities portfolio to provide a source of liquidity, provide an appropriate return on funds invested, manage interest rate risk, meet collateral requirements and meet regulatory capital requirements. As of December 31, 2016, the carrying amount of investment securities totaled $102.6 million, an increase of $26.7 million, or 35.3%, compared to $75.8 million as of December 31, 2015. The increases in our investment securities in 2016 were funded primarily from increases in deposits. Securities represented 7.3% and 7.3% and 5.6% of total assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Our investment portfolio consists entirely of securities classified as available for sale. As a result, the carrying values of our investment securities are adjusted for unrealized gain or loss, and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. The following table summarizes the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our investment securities as of the dates shown:
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
Gross
 
Gross
 
 
 
Amortized
 
Unrealized
 
Unrealized
 
 
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agencies
$
732

 
$

 
$
36

 
$
696

Municipal securities
14,540

 
2

 
500

 
14,042

Mortgage-backed securities
49,907

 
83

 
871

 
49,119

Collateralized mortgage obligations
38,507

 
32

 
612

 
37,927

Asset-backed securities
764

 
11

 

 
775

Total
$
104,450

 
$
128

 
$
2,019

 
$
102,559

 

62



 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
Gross
 
Gross
 
 
 
Amortized
 
Unrealized
 
Unrealized
 
 
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agencies
$
3,823

 
$

 
$
36

 
$
3,787

Municipal securities
6,738

 
9

 
52

 
6,695

Mortgage-backed securities
46,180

 
169

 
292

 
46,057

Collateralized mortgage obligations
18,379

 
64

 
59

 
18,384

Asset-backed securities
907

 

 
17

 
890

Total
$
76,027

 
$
242

 
$
456

 
$
75,813

 
All of our mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are issued and/or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or U.S. government-sponsored entities. We do not hold any Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac preferred stock, corporate equity, collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations, structured investment vehicles, private label collateralized mortgage obligations, subprime, Alt-A, or second lien elements in our investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2016, our investment portfolio did not contain any securities that are directly backed by subprime or Alt-A mortgages.
Certain investment securities have a fair value at less than their historical cost. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic of market conditions warrant such an evaluation. Management does not intend to sell any debt securities it holds and believes the Company more likely than not will not be required to sell any debt securities it holds before their anticipated recovery, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as available for sale that were in a loss position as of December 31, 2016 for a period of time sufficient for an entire recovery of the cost basis of the securities. For those securities in an unrealized loss position, the unrealized losses are largely due to interest rate changes. The fair value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date. Management believes any unrealized loss in the Company’s securities at December 31, 2016, is temporary and no credit impairment has been realized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The following table sets forth the fair value, maturities and approximated weighted average yield based on estimated annual income divided by the average amortized cost of our securities portfolio as of the dates indicated. The contractual maturity of a mortgage-backed security is the date at which the last underlying mortgage matures.
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
After One Year
 
After Five Years
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within
 
but Within
 
but Within
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One Year
 
Five Years
 
Ten Years
 
After Ten Years
 
Total
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Total
 
Yield
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. government agencies
$

 
%
 
$
345

 
1.62
%
 
$
351

 
2.02
%
 
$

 
%
 
$
696

 
1.82
%
Municipal securities

 

 
3,630

 
2.13

 
2,995

 
1.96

 
7,417

 
2.51

 
14,042

 
2.29

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 
37,307

 
1.63

 
11,731

 
2.22

 
81

 
2.10

 
49,119

 
1.77

Collateralized mortgage obligations
262

 
2.98

 
36,850

 
1.73

 
815

 
2.42

 

 

 
37,927

 
1.75

Asset-backed securities

 

 
775

 
1.40

 

 

 

 

 
775

 
1.40

Total
$
262

 
2.98
%
 
$
78,907

 
1.70
%
 
$
15,892

 
2.18
%
 
$
7,498

 
2.51
%
 
$
102,559

 
1.83
%
 

63



 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
After One Year
 
After Five Years
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within
 
but Within
 
but Within
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One Year
 
Five Years
 
Ten Years
 
After Ten Years
 
Total
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Total
 
Yield
 
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agencies
$

 
%
 
$
3,370

 
1.71
%
 
$
417

 
2.08
%
 
$

 
%
 
$
3,787

 
1.75
%
Municipal securities
999

 
3.25

 
1,479

 
2.08

 

 

 
4,217

 
2.16

 
$
6,695

 
2.30

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 
38,594

 
1.62

 
7,378

 
1.77

 
85

 
1.85

 
$
46,057

 
1.64

Collateralized mortgage obligations
303

 
2.51

 
13,861

 
2.18

 
4,220

 
2.01

 

 

 
$
18,384

 
2.15

Asset-backed securities

 

 
1

 

 
889

 
1.29

 

 

 
$
890

 
1.29

Total
$
1,302

 
3.08
%
 
$
57,305

 
1.77
%
 
$
12,904

 
1.83
%
 
$
4,302

 
2.15
%
 
$
75,813

 
1.83
%
The contractual maturity of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and asset-backed securities is not a reliable indicator of their expected life because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations at any time. Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and asset-backed securities are typically issued with stated principal amounts and are backed by pools of mortgage loans and other loans with varying maturities. The term of the underlying mortgages and loans may vary significantly due to the ability of a borrower to pre-pay. Monthly pay downs on mortgage-backed securities tend to cause the average life of the securities to be much different than the stated contractual maturity. During a period of increasing interest rates, fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities do not tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal and consequently, the average life of this security will be lengthened. If interest rates begin to fall, prepayments may increase, thereby shortening the estimated life of this security. The weighted average life of our investment portfolio was 4.39 years with an estimated effective duration of 3.30 years as of December 31, 2016.  The average yield of the securities portfolio was 1.67% during 2016 compared to 1.69% during 2015.
As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we did not own securities of any one issuer other than U.S. government agency securities for which aggregate adjusted cost exceeded 10.0% of the consolidated stockholders’ equity as of such respective dates.
Deposits
We offer a variety of deposit accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms including demand, savings, money market and time accounts. We rely primarily on competitive pricing policies, convenient locations and personalized service to attract and retain these deposits.
Total deposits as of December 31, 2016 were $1.1 billion, an increase of $251.2 million, or 28.9%, compared to $868.4 million as of December 31, 2015, due primarily to increases of $248.3 million, $26.2 million, and $31.3 million in money market accounts, noninterest-bearing deposit accounts, and time deposits respectively which was partially offset by a decrease of $53.8 million in wholesale deposits. Total deposits as of December 31, 2015 were $868.4 million, an increase of $229.7 million, or 36.0%, compared to December 31, 2014 due primarily to increases of $50.2 million, $154.6 and $15.0 million in our noninterest-bearing deposit accounts, money market accounts, and interest-bearing checking accounts respectively. Our deposit growth was primarily due to our continued penetration in our primary market area, the increase in commercial lending relationships for which we also seek deposit balances as well as the acquisition of IBT in 2015, and increases in our financial institution money market accounts.
Noninterest-bearing deposits as of December 31, 2016 were $327.6 million compared to $301.4 million as of December 31, 2015, an increase of $26.2 million, or 8.7%. The December 31, 2015 balance for noninterest-bearing deposits represented an increase of $50.2 million, or 20.0%, compared to $251.1 million as of December 31, 2014.
Money market accounts as of December 31, 2016 were $563.9 million compared to $315.6 million as of December 31, 2015, an increase of $248.3 million, or 78.7%. The December 31, 2015 balance for money market accounts represented an increase of $90.6 million, or 40.2%, compared to $225.1 million as of December 31, 2014.
Average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $991.5 million, an increase of $248.9 million, or 33.5% over the full year average for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $742.6 million. Average deposits grew $137.6 million, or 22.8% from $604.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The average rate paid on total interest-bearing deposits increased this period from 0.61% for the year ended December 31, 2015 to 0.72% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in

64



the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was due to the overall market condition, the introduction of our correspondent banking division, as well as an increase in time deposits which typically pay a higher rate.
The following table presents the daily average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for the periods indicated:
 
For Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
Average
 
Average
 
Average
 
Average
 
Average
 
Average
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-bearing demand accounts
$
71,026

 
0.22
%
 
$
58,079

 
0.23
%
 
$
42,419

 
0.28
%
Savings accounts
10,309

 
0.10

 
7,885

 
0.06

 
5,417

 
0.10

Money market accounts
489,793

 
0.76

 
311,091

 
0.61

 
227,050

 
0.59

Certificates and other time deposits > $100k
101,170

 
0.91

 
80,470

 
0.91

 
82,048

 
0.97

Certificates and other time deposits < $100k
16,680

 
0.88

 
17,509

 
0.84

 
17,140

 
0.89

Total interest-bearing deposits
688,978

 
0.72

 
475,034

 
0.61

 
374,074

 
0.65

Noninterest-bearing demand accounts
302,548

 
 
 
267,578

 
 
 
230,875

 
 
Total deposits
$
991,526

 
0.50
%
 
$
742,612

 
0.39
%
 
$
604,949

 
0.46
%
Our ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average total deposits was 30.5% and 36.0% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
Factors affecting the cost of funding our interest-bearing assets include the volume of noninterest and interest-bearing deposits, changes in market interest rates and economic conditions in our target markets and their impact on interest paid on our deposits, as well as the ongoing execution of our balance sheet management strategy. Our cost of funds was 0.50% in 2016, 0.39% in 2015 and 0.46% in 2014. Average rates on interest-bearing deposits were 0.72% in 2016, 0.61% in 2015 and 0.65% in 2014.
The following table sets forth the amount of our certificates of deposit that are $100,000 or greater by time remaining until maturity:

 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in thousands)
1 year or less
$
94,215

 
$
69,786

 
$
68,467

More than 1 year but less than 3 years
18,888

 
10,978

 
7,124

3 years or more but less than 5 years
2,111

 
5,284

 
3,926

5 years or more

 

 

Total
$
115,214

 
$
86,048

 
$
79,517

Borrowings
We utilize short-term and long-term borrowings to supplement deposits to fund our lending and investment activities, each of which is discussed below.
Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  The FHLB allows us to borrow on a blanket floating lien status collateralized by certain securities and loans. As of December 31, 2016,  December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, total borrowing capacity of $369.4 million, $300.5 million and $236.1 million, respectively, was available under this arrangement and $38.3 million, $28.4 million and $40.0 million, respectively, was outstanding with an average interest rate of 0.60% as of December 31, 2016, 0.88% as of December 31, 2015 and 0.74% as of December 31, 2014. Our current FHLB advances mature within six years. We utilize these borrowings to meet liquidity needs and to fund certain fixed rate loans in our portfolio.

65



The following table presents our FHLB borrowings at the dates indicated. Other than FHLB borrowings, we had no other short-term borrowings at the dates indicated.
 
FHLB Advances
 
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
Amount outstanding at period-end
$
38,306

Weighted average interest rate at period-end
0.77
%
Maximum month-end balance during the period
88,398

Average balance outstanding during the period
43,649

Weighted average interest rate during the period
0.60
%
December 31, 2015
 
Amount outstanding at period-end
$
28,444

Weighted average interest rate at period-end
0.92
%
Maximum month-end balance during the period
40,000

Average balance outstanding during the period
18,055

Weighted average interest rate during the period
0.88
%
December 31, 2014
 
Amount outstanding at period-end
$
40,000

Weighted average interest rate at period-end
0.36
%
Maximum month-end balance during the period
40,000

Average balance outstanding during the period
15,890

Weighted average interest rate during the period
0.74
%
Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas.  The FRB has an available borrower in custody arrangement, which allows us to borrow on a collateralized basis. Certain commercial and consumer loans are pledged under this arrangement. We maintain this borrowing arrangement to meet liquidity needs pursuant to our contingency funding plan. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, $197.3 million, $152.2 million, and $162.9 million, respectively, were available under this arrangement. As of December 31, 2016, approximately $265.0 million in commercial loans were pledged as collateral. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, no borrowings were outstanding under this arrangement.
Junior subordinated debentures.  In connection with the acquisition of Fidelity Resource Company during 2011, we assumed $3.1 million in fixed/floating rate junior subordinated debentures underlying common securities and preferred capital securities, or the Trust Securities, issued by Parkway National Capital Trust I, a statutory business trust and acquired wholly-owned subsidiary. We assumed the guarantor position and as such, unconditionally guarantee payment of accrued and unpaid distributions required to be paid on the Trust Securities subject to certain exceptions, the redemption price when a capital security is called for redemption and amounts due if a trust is liquidated or terminated.
We own all of the outstanding common securities of the trust. The trust used the proceeds from the issuance of its Trust Securities to buy the debentures originally issued by Fidelity Resource Company. These debentures are the trust’s only assets and the interest payments from the debentures finance the distributions paid on the Trust Securities.
The Trust Securities pay cumulative cash distributions quarterly at a rate per annum equal to the 3-month LIBOR plus 1.85% percent. The effective rate as of December 31, 2016 and 2014 was 2.70% and 2.18%, respectively. The Trust Securities are subject to mandatory redemption in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures at the stated maturity in the year 2036 or their earlier redemption, in each case at a redemption price equal to the aggregate liquidation preference of the Trust Securities plus any accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to the date of redemption. Prior redemption is permitted under certain circumstances.
The Trust Securities qualify as Tier 1 capital, subject to regulatory limitations, under guidelines established by the Federal Reserve.

66



Subordinated notes.  On December 23, 2013, we completed a private offering of $5.0 million in aggregate principal amount of subordinated promissory notes. The notes were structured to qualify as Tier 2 capital under applicable rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve. The proceeds from the offering were used to support our continued growth. The notes are unsecured, with quarterly interest payable at a fixed rate of 6.0% per annum, and unpaid principal and interest on the notes is due at the stated maturity on December 31, 2023. We may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date that occurs on or after December 23, 2018 subject to approval of the Federal Reserve.
Under the terms of the notes, if we have not paid interest on the notes within 30 days of any interest payment date, or if our classified assets to total tangible capital ratio exceeds 40.0%, then the note holder that holds the greatest aggregate principal amount of the notes may appoint one representative to attend meetings of our board of directors as an observer. The board observation rights terminate when such overdue interest is paid or our classified assets to total tangible capital ratio no longer exceeds 40.0%. In addition, the terms of the notes provide that the note holders will have the same rights to inspect our books and records provided to holders our common stock under Texas law.
In connection with the issuance of the notes, we also issued warrants to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, exercisable at any time, in whole or in part, on or prior to December 31, 2023.
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Junior subordinated debentures
$
3,093

 
$
3,093

 
$
3,093

Subordinated notes (1)
4,942

 
4,934

 
4,926

Total
$
8,035

 
$
8,027

 
$
8,019


(1) Excludes discount of $15, $17, and $19 and issuance costs of $43, $49, and $55 as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
Liquidity involves our ability to raise funds to support asset growth and acquisitions or reduce assets to meet deposit withdrawals and other payment obligations, to maintain reserve requirements and otherwise to operate on an ongoing basis and manage unexpected events. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, our liquidity needs were primarily met by core deposits, wholesale borrowings, security and loan maturities and amortizing investment and loan portfolios. Use of brokered deposits, purchased funds from correspondent banks and overnight advances from the FHLB and the FRB are available and have been utilized to take advantage of the cost of these funding sources. We maintained two lines of credit with commercial banks that provide for extensions of credit with an availability to borrow up to an aggregate $14.6 million as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. There were no advances under these lines of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
The following table illustrates, during the periods presented, the mix of our funding sources and the average assets in which those funds are invested as a percentage of our average total assets for the period indicated. Average assets totaled $1.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, $898.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $713.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

67



 
For the Years Ended
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Sources of Funds:
    
 
    
 
    
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
25.5
%
 
29.8
%
 
32.4
%
Interest-bearing
57.9

 
52.8

 
52.5

Advances from FHLB
3.7

 
2.0

 
2.2

Other borrowings
0.7

 
1.0

 
1.1

Other liabilities
0.2

 
0.3

 
0.3

Stockholders’ equity
12.0

 
14.1

 
11.5

Total
100.0
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
Uses of Funds:
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
77.2
%
 
77.6
%
 
76.5
%
Securities available for sale
7.1

 
6.6

 
6.9

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
7.8

 
7.9

 
8.9

Other noninterest-earning assets
7.9

 
7.9

 
7.7

Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
Average noninterest-bearing deposits to average deposits
30.5
%
 
36.0
%
 
38.2
%
Average loans to average deposits
92.5
%
 
93.9
%
 
90.3
%
Our primary source of funds is deposits, and our primary use of funds is loans. We do not expect a change in the primary source or use of our funds in the foreseeable future. Our average loans net of allowance for loan loss increased 32.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the same period in 2015 and 27.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. We invest excess deposits in interest-bearing deposits at other banks, the Federal Reserve, or liquid investments securities until these monies are needed to fund loan growth.
As of December 31, 2016, we had outstanding $236.9 million in commitments to extend credit and $6.9 million in commitments associated with outstanding standby and commercial letters of credit. As of December 31, 2015, we had outstanding $236.7 million in commitments to extend credit and $2.0 million in commitments associated with outstanding standby and commercial letters of credit. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the total outstanding may not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.
As of December 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $234.8 million compared to $71.6 million of December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to increase in deposits at December 31, 2016 and $94.5 million net proceeds from the sale of common stock in an underwritten public offering of which $58.0 million is to pay the aggregate cash consideration for the Sovereign Merger which is expected to close during the second quarter of 2017. As of December 31, 2015, we had no exposure to future cash requirements associated with known uncertainties or capital expenditures of a material nature.
Capital Resources
Total stockholders’ equity increased to $239.1 million as of December 31, 2016, compared to $132.0 million as of December 31, 2015, an increaseof $107.0 million, or 81%. The increase from December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of $12.6 million in net income for the period and $94.5 million net proceeds from the sale of common stock in an underwritten public offering closed in December 2016.
Total stockholders’ equity increased to $132.0 million as of December 31, 2015, compared to $113.3 million as of December 31, 2014, an increase of $18.7 million, or 16.5%. The net increase was primarily the result of issuance of $17.5 million in common stock related to the acquisition of IBT and $8.8 million in net income partially offset by the redemption of $8.0 million in the U.S. Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund program (“SBLF”) preferred stock Series C.
For the year ended December 31, 2016, we did not declare or pay cash dividends as we redeemed all 8,000 shares of SBLF Series C preferred stock on December 22, 2015. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we declared and paid

68



cash dividends on our Series C preferred stock of $98,000 and $80,000, respectively. See Note 23 “Preferred Stock” to our consolidated financial statements in this report. We did not purchase any of our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
Capital management consists of providing equity to support our current and future operations. The bank regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. As a general matter, FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain minimum capital relative to the amount and types of assets they hold. We are subject to regulatory capital requirements at the bank holding company and bank levels. See “Item 1. Business—Regulation and Supervision—Prompt Corrective Action” for additional discussion regarding the regulatory capital requirements applicable to us and the Bank. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we and the Bank were in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and the Bank was classified as “well capitalized,” for purposes of the prompt corrective action regulations. As we employ our capital and continue to grow our operations, our regulatory capital levels may decrease depending on our level of earnings. However, we expect to monitor and control our growth in order to remain in compliance with all regulatory capital standards applicable to us.
The following table presents the actual capital amounts and regulatory capital ratios for us and the Bank as of the dates indicated.
 
As of December 31,
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Veritex Holdings, Inc.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
228,566

 
22.02
%
 
$
119,208

 
14.25
%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
215,057

 
20.72

 
107,453

 
12.85

Common equity tier 1 (to risk-weighted assets)
211,964

 
20.42

 
104,360

 
12.48

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
215,057

 
16.82

 
107,453

 
10.75

Veritex Community Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
130,237

 
12.55
%
 
$
104,427

 
12.49
%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
121,713

 
11.73

 
97,655

 
11.68

Common equity tier 1 (to risk-weighted assets)
121,713

 
11.73

 
97,655

 
11.68

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
121,713

 
9.52

 
97,655

 
9.78

Contractual Obligations
The following tables summarizes our contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (other than deposit obligations), which consist of our future cash payments associated with our contractual obligations pursuant to our FHLB advances and non-cancelable future operating leases. Future payments for FHLB advances will include interest in addition to the principal amount of the advances in the table below that will be paid over future periods. Payments related to leases are based on actual payments specified in underlying contracts. Advances from the FHLB totaled approximately $38.3 million and $28.4 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the advances are collateralized by a blanket floating lien on certain securities and loans, had a weighted average rate of 0.77% and mature on various dates during 2017, 2018 and 2022.

69



 
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
More than
 
3 years or
 
 
 
 
 
1 year
 
1 year but less
 
more but less
 
5 years
 
 
 
or less
 
than 3 years
 
than 5 years
 
or more
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-cancelable future operating leases
$
1,405

 
$
2,398

 
$
2,057

 
$
530

 
$
6,390

Time deposits
107,633

 
21,000

 
2,686

 
11

 
131,330

Advances from FHLB
10,000

 
25,000

 

 
3,306

 
38,306

Other borrowings

 

 

 
8,035

 
8,035

Standby and commercial letters of credit
5,762

 
1,171

 

 

 
6,933

Commitments to extend credit
120,348

 
41,268

 
36,022

 
39,281

 
236,919

Total
$
245,148

 
$
90,837

 
$
40,765

 
$
51,163

 
$
427,913


 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
More than
 
3 years or
 
 
 
 
 
1 year
 
1 year but less
 
more but less
 
5 years
 
 
 
or less
 
than 3 years
 
than 5 years
 
or more
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-cancelable future operating leases
$
1,213

 
$
2,184

 
$
1,568

 
$
971

 
$
5,936

Time deposits
84,598

 
13,592

 
5,626

 

 
103,816

Advances from FHLB
10,000

 
15,000

 

 
3,444

 
28,444

Other borrowings

 

 

 
8,027

 
8,027

Standby and commercial letters of credit
1,550

 

 
400

 

 
1,950

Commitments to extend credit
81,189

 
100,543

 
9,148

 
45,798

 
236,678

Total
$
178,550

 
$
131,319

 
$
16,742

 
$
58,240

 
$
384,851

Off-Balance Sheet Items
In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. However, the Company has only limited off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on the Company’s financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. The Company enters into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
Our commitments associated with outstanding standby and commercial letters of credit and commitments to extend credit expiring by the period as of the date indicated are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
More than
 
3 years or
 
 
 
 
 
1 year
 
1 year but less
 
more but less
 
5 years
 
 
 
or less
 
than 3 years
 
than 5 years
 
or more
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Standby and commercial letters of credit
$
5,762

 
$
1,171

 
$

 
$

 
$
6,933

Commitments to extend credit
120,348

 
41,268

 
36,022

 
39,281

 
236,919

Total
$
126,110

 
$
42,439

 
$
36,022

 
$
39,281

 
$
243,852


70



 
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
More than
 
3 years or
 
 
 
 
 
1 year
 
1 year but less
 
more but less
 
5 years
 
 
 
or less
 
than 3 years
 
than 5 years
 
or more
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Standby and commercial letters of credit
$
1,550

 
$

 
$
400

 
$

 
$
1,950

Commitments to extend credit
81,189

 
100,543

 
9,148

 
45,798

 
236,678

Total
$
82,739

 
$
100,543

 
$
9,548

 
$
45,798

 
$
238,628

Standby and commercial letters of credit are written conditional commitments that the Company issues to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the customer is obligated to reimburse the Company for the amount paid under this standby letter of credit.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment amounts disclosed above do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Management evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if considered necessary by us, upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Our accounting and reporting policies conform to GAAP, and the prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, we also evaluate our performance based on certain additional financial measures discussed herein as being non-GAAP financial measures. We classify a financial measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time in the United States in our statements of income, balance sheets or statements of cash flows. Non-GAAP financial measures do not include operating and other statistical measures or ratios or statistical measures calculated using exclusively either financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, operating measures or other measures that are not non-GAAP financial measures or both.
The non-GAAP financial measures that we discuss herein should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. You should understand how such other banking organizations calculate their financial measures similar or with names similar to the non-GAAP financial measures we have discussed herein when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures.
Tangible Book Value Per Common Share.  Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate (1) tangible common equity as stockholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill and core deposit intangible and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, and (2) tangible book value per common share as tangible common equity divided by shares of common stock outstanding. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible book value per common share is book value per common share.
We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per common share exclusive of changes in intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing total book value while not increasing our tangible book value.

71



The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and presents our tangible book value per common share compared to our book value per common share:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Tangible Common Equity
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Total stockholders’ equity
$
239,088

 
$
132,046

 
$
113,312

 
$
66,239

 
$
61,860

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock

 

 
(8,000
)
 
(8,000
)
 
(8,000
)
Common shareholder book value
239,088

 
132,046

 
105,312

 
58,239

 
53,860

Goodwill
(26,865
)
 
(26,865
)
 
(19,148
)
 
(19,148
)
 
(19,148
)
Intangible assets
(2,181
)
 
(2,410
)
 
(1,261
)
 
(1,567
)
 
(1,875
)
Total tangible common equity
$
210,042

 
$
102,771

 
$
84,903

 
$
37,524

 
$
32,837

Common shares outstanding(1)
15,195,328

 
10,712,472

 
9,470,832

 
5,804,703

 
5,694,340

Book value per common share
$
15.73

 
$
12.33

 
$
11.12

 
$
10.03

 
$
9.46

Tangible book value per common share
$
13.82

 
$
9.59

 
$
8.96

 
$
6.46

 
$
5.77

 
(1)
Excludes the dilutive effect, if any, of 454,000, 378,000, 326,000, 328,000 and 333,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 147,000, 136,000, 145,000, 35,000 and 40,000 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of outstanding restricted stock units as of December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets. Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate tangible common equity, as described above, and tangible assets as total assets less goodwill, core deposit intangibles and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible common equity to tangible assets is total common stockholders’ equity to total assets.
We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the relative changes from period to period in common equity and total assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing both total stockholders’ equity and assets while not increasing our tangible common equity or tangible assets.

72



The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and total assets to tangible assets:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Tangible Common Equity
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Total stockholders’ equity
$
239,088

 
$
132,046

 
$
113,312

 
$
66,239

 
$
61,860

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock

 

 
(8,000
)
 
(8,000
)
 
(8,000
)
Goodwill
(26,865
)
 
(26,865
)
 
(19,148
)
 
(19,148
)
 
(19,148
)
Intangible assets
(2,181
)
 
(2,410
)
 
(1,261
)
 
(1,567
)
 
(1,875
)
Total tangible common equity
$
210,042

 
$
102,771

 
$
84,903

 
$
37,524

 
$
32,837

Tangible Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
1,408,507

 
$
1,039,551

 
$
802,231

 
$
664,946

 
$
524,127

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
(26,865
)
 
(26,865
)
 
(19,148
)
 
(19,148
)
 
(19,148
)
Intangible assets
(2,181
)
 
(2,410
)
 
(1,261
)
 
(1,567
)
 
(1,875
)
Total tangible assets
$
1,379,461

 
$
1,010,276

 
$
781,822

 
$
644,231

 
$
503,104

Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets
15.23
%
 
10.17
%
 
10.86
%
 
5.82
%
 
6.53
%
Critical Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and with general practices within the financial services industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under current circumstances. These assumptions form the basis for our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from independent, objective sources. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. Use of alternative assumptions may have resulted in significantly different estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
We have identified the following accounting policies and estimates that, due to the difficult, subjective or complex judgments and assumptions inherent in those policies and estimates and the potential sensitivity of our financial statements to those judgments and assumptions, are critical to an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. We believe that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements are appropriate.
Business Combinations 
We apply the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Under the acquisition method, the acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. We use valuation techniques appropriate for the asset or liability being measured in determining these fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over amounts allocated to assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Where amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is greater than the purchase price, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. 
Investment Securities
Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when we have the positive intent and ability to hold them until maturity. Securities to be held for indefinite periods of time are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value, with the unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. We determined the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase.
Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums and discounts. Realized gains and losses are derived from the amortized cost of the security sold. Credit related declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities

73



below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses, with the remaining unrealized loss recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, we consider, among other things, (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and our ability to retain the investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale consist of certain mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market and are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value on an individual loan basis. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. We obtain purchase commitments from secondary market investors prior to closing the loans and do not retain the servicing obligations related to any such loans upon their sale. Gains and losses on sales of loans held for sale are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.
Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
Loans, excluding certain purchased loans that have shown evidence of deterioration since origination as of the date of the acquisition, that we have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned income and an allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is recognized using the effective-interest method on the daily balances of the principal amounts outstanding. Fees associated with the originating of loans and certain direct loan origination costs are netted and the net amount is deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment of yield.
The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized on a cash basis as long as the remaining book balance of the asset is deemed to be collectible. If collectability is questionable, then cash payments are applied to principal. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement.
The allowance for loan losses is an estimated amount we believe is adequate to absorb inherent losses on existing loans that may be uncollectible based upon review and evaluation of the loan portfolio. Our periodic evaluation of the allowance is based on general economic conditions, the financial condition of borrowers, the value and liquidity of collateral, delinquency, prior loan loss experience, and the results of periodic reviews of the portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is comprised of two components: the general reserve and specific reserves. The general reserve is determined in accordance with current authoritative accounting guidance. The Company’s calculation of the general reserve considers historical loss rates for the last three years adjusted for qualitative factors based upon general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company. Such qualitative factors include current local economic conditions and trends including unemployment, changes in lending staff, policies and procedures, changes in credit concentrations, changes in the trends and severity of problem loans and changes in trends in volume and terms of loans. These qualitative factors serve to compensate for additional areas of uncertainty inherent in the portfolio that are not reflected in our historic loss factors. For purposes of determining the general reserve, the loan portfolio, less cash secured loans, government guaranteed loans and impaired loans, is multiplied by our adjusted historical loss rate. Specific reserves are determined in accordance with current authoritative accounting guidance based on probable losses on specific classified loans.
The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges to income and decreased by charge-offs (net of recoveries).
Due to the growth of the Bank over the past several years, a portion of the loans in our portfolio and our lending relationships are of relatively recent origin. The new loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in these loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ business and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. We consider delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of 1-4 single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. In general, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process we refer to as “seasoning”. As a result, a portfolio of older loans will usually behave more predictably than a portfolio of newer loans. Because the majority of our portfolio is relatively new, the current level of delinquencies and defaults may not be representative of the level that will prevail when the portfolio becomes more seasoned, which may be higher than current levels.

74



Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for new commercial, construction, and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact our estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis.
Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.
Our policy requires measurement of the allowance for an impaired collateral dependent loan based on the fair value of the collateral. Other loan impairments are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market price. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, all significant impaired loans have been determined to be collateral dependent and the allowance for loss has been measured utilizing the estimated fair value of the collateral.
From time to time, we may modify our loan agreement with a borrower. A modified loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring when two conditions are met: (1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and (2) concessions are made by us that would not otherwise be considered for a borrower with similar credit risk characteristics. Modifications to loan terms may include a lower interest rate, a reduction of principal, or a longer term to maturity. All troubled debt restructurings are considered impaired loans. We review each troubled debt restructured loan and determine on a case by case basis if a specific allowance for loan loss is required. An allowance for loan loss allocation is based on either the present value of estimated future cash flows or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.
We have certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income with an acceptable level of risk. We review and approve these policies and procedures on a regular basis and makes changes as appropriate. We receive frequent reports related to loan originations, quality, concentrations, delinquencies, non-performing and potential problem loans. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions, both by type of loan and geography.
Commercial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and effectively. Underwriting standards are designed to determine whether the borrower possesses sound business ethics and practices and to evaluate current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and, secondarily, on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets, such as accounts receivable or inventory, and include personal guarantees.
Real estate loans are also subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans. These loans are underwritten primarily based on projected cash flows and, secondarily, as loans secured by real estate. The epayment of real estate loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loans or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing our real estate portfolio are generally diverse in terms of type and geographic location, throughout the Dallas metropolitan area. This diversity helps reduce the exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry.
We utilize methodical credit standards and analysis to supplement our policies and procedures in underwriting consumer loans. Our loan policy addresses types of consumer loans that may be originated and the collateral, if secured, which must be perfected. The relatively smaller individual dollar amounts of consumer loans that are spread over numerous individual borrowers also minimizes our risk.
Emerging Growth Company
The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. However, we have “opted out” of this provision. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards to the same extent that compliance is required for non-emerging growth companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

75



Impact of Inflation
Our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. These require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative value of money over time due to inflation or recession.
Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, other operating expenses do reflect general levels of inflation.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 3 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for information on recent accounting prouncements and their anticipated impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk
As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Our asset, liability and funds management policy provides management with the guidelines for effective funds management, and we have established a measurement system for monitoring our net interest rate sensitivity position. We manage our sensitivity position within our established guidelines.
Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.
We manage our exposure to interest rates by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. We do not enter into instruments such as leveraged derivatives, interest rate swaps, financial options, financial future contracts or forward delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. We do not own any trading assets.
Our exposure to interest rate risk is managed by the Asset-Liability Committee of the Bank, in accordance with policies approved by its board of directors. The committee formulates strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the appropriate level of interest rate risk, the committee considers the impact on earnings and capital of the current outlook on interest rates, potential changes in interest rates, regional economies, liquidity, business strategies and other factors. The committee meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activities, commitments to originate loans and the maturities of investments and borrowings. Additionally, the committee reviews liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of deposits and consumer and commercial deposit activity. Management employs methodologies to manage interest rate risk which include an analysis of relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and an interest rate shock simulation model.
We use interest rate risk simulation models and shock analysis to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and fair value of equity, and the impact of changes in interest rates on other financial metrics. Contractual maturities and re-pricing opportunities of loans are incorporated in the model as are prepayment assumptions, maturity data and call options within the investment portfolio. Average life of our non-maturity deposit accounts are based on standard regulatory decay assumptions and are incorporated into the model. The assumptions used are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies.

76



On a quarterly basis, we run two simulation models including a static balance sheet and dynamic growth balance sheet. These models test the impact on net interest income and fair value of equity from changes in market interest rates under various scenarios. Under the static and dynamic growth models, rates are shocked instantaneously and ramped rate changes over a 12-month horizon based upon parallel and non-parallel yield curve shifts. Parallel shock scenarios assume instantaneous parallel movements in the yield curve compared to a flat yield curve scenario. Non-parallel simulation involves analysis of interest income and expense under various changes in the shape of the yield curve. Internal policy regarding internal rate risk simulations currently specifies that for instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve, estimated net income at risk for the subsequent one-year period should not decline by more than 6.0% for a 100 basis point shift, 12.0% for a 200 basis point shift, and 18.0% for a 300 basis point shift.
The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income and fair value of equity over a 12-month horizon as of the dates indicated:
 
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
Percent Change
 
Percent Change
 
Percent Change
 
Percent Change
Change in Interest
 
in Net Interest
 
in Fair Value
 
in Net Interest
 
in Fair Value
Rates (Basis Points)
 
Income
 
of Equity
 
Income
 
of Equity
+300
 
12.60
 %
 
11.67
 %
 
8.56
 %
 
19.75
 %
+200
 
9.63
 %
 
12.04
 %
 
4.81
 %
 
14.31
 %
+100
 
6.14
 %
 
9.29
 %
 
1.37
 %
 
7.78
 %
Base
 
0.99
 %
 
 %
 
(1.04
)%
 

−100
 
(2.56
)%
 
(11.22
)%
 
(2.28
)%
 
(4.22
)%
The results are primarily due to behavior of demand, money market and savings deposits during such rate fluctuations. We have found that, historically, interest rates on these deposits change more slowly than changes in the discount and federal funds rates. This assumption is incorporated into the simulation model and is generally not fully reflected in a gap analysis. The assumptions incorporated into the model are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various strategies.
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial statements, the reports thereon, the notes thereto and supplementary data commence on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See “Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” below.
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNT AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.  As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10‑K, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management was required to apply judgment in evaluating its controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e) under the Exchange Act, were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
Changes in internal control over financial reporting.  There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended

77



December 31, 2016, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act).  The Company’s internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with GAAP.  All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial reporting.
As of December 31, 2016, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission in 2013. This assessment included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y‑9C) to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. Based on the assessment management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016.
Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 included in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. Their report is included in “Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.” This Annual Report on Form 10‑K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for an Emerging Growth Company.
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION
None.

78



PART III
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The information called for by this item is set forth in our Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, or the 2017 Proxy Statement, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.    
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information called for by this item is set forth in our 2017 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information called for by this item is set forth in our 2017 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information called for by this item is set forth in our 2017 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
The information called for by this item is set forth in our 2017 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
1.
Financial Statements.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
2.
Financial Statement Schedules. All supplemental schedules to the consolidated financial statements have been omitted as inapplicable or because the required information is included in our consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
3.
Exhibits.
Exhibit Index
Each exhibit marked with an asterisk (*) is filed or furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Each exhibit marked with a “†” denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

79



Exhibit
Number
 
Description
2.1

 
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated March 9, 2015, by and among Veritex Holdings, Inc., IBT Bancorp, Inc. and Independent Bank of Texas (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 9, 2015)
2.2

 
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated December 14, 2016, by and between Veritex Holdings, Inc., Spartan Merger Sub, Inc., and Sovereign Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 14, 2016)
3.1

 
Restated Certificate of Formation (with Amendments) of Veritex Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed September 22, 2014)
3.2

 
Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Veritex Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed September 22, 2014)
4.1

 
Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed September 29, 2014)
4.2

 
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed August 29, 2014)
4.3

 
Form of Senior Debt Indenture by and between Veritex Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as indenture trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-207934) filed November 10, 2015)
4.4

 
Form of Subordinated Debt Indenture by and between Veritex Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as indenture trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-207934) filed November 10, 2015)
10.1†

 
Change in Control Agreement dated June 18, 2012 by and among Veritex Community Bank, Veritex Holdings, Inc. and Noreen E. Skelly (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed August 29, 2014)
10.2†

 
Veritex Holdings, Inc. First Amended 2010 Stock Option and Equity Incentive Plan (including form of stock option agreement and stock award agreement) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed August 29, 2014)
10.3†

 
2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed September 22, 2014)
10.4†

 
Veritex Community Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan Adoption Agreement dated December 31, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed August 29, 2014)
10.5

 
Form of 2013 Subordinated Promissory Note dated December 23, 2014 issued by Veritex Holdings, Inc. (including associated terms and conditions) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed August 29, 2014)
10.6†

 
Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed September 29, 2014)
10.7

 
Registration Rights Agreement among Veritex Holdings, Inc., SunTx Veritex Holdings, L.P. and WCM Parkway, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1(Registration No. 333-198484) filed September 22, 2014)
10.8

 
Form of Voting Agreement dated December 14, 2016, by and among Veritex Holdings, Inc. and certain shareholders of Sovereign Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 14, 2016)
10.9

 
Form of Director Support Agreement dated December 14, 2016, by and among Veritex Holdings, Inc. and non-employee directors of Sovereign Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 14, 2016)
21.1*

 
Subsidiaries of Veritex Holdings, Inc.
23.1*

 
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
31.1*

 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*

 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1*

 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2*

 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101*

 
The following materials from Veritex Holdings Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



80



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
Date: March 10, 2017
Veritex Holdings, Inc.
 
 
By:
/s/ C. Malcolm Holland, III
 
 
Name:
C. Malcolm Holland, III
 
 
Title:
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons, on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
 
Title
 
Date
/s/ C. Malcolm Holland, III
C. Malcolm Holland, III
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
March 10, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ William C. Murphy
William C. Murphy
 
Vice Chairman
 
March 10, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Noreen E. Skelly
Noreen E. Skelly
 
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
March 10, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Pat S. Bolin
Pat S. Bolin
 
Director
 
March 10, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Blake Bozman
Blake Bozman
 
Director
 
March 10, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Mark Griege
Mark Griege
 
Director
 
March 10, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Michael D. Ilagan
Michael D. Ilagan
 
Director
 
March 10, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Michael Kowalski
Michael Kowalski
 
Director
 
March 10, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John Sughrue
John Sughrue
 
Director
 
March 10, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Ray W. Washburne
Ray W. Washburne
 
Director
 
March 10, 2017


81



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM




Board of Directors and Stockholders
Veritex Holdings, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Veritex Holdings, Inc. (a Texas corporation) and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Veritex Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, Texas
March 10, 2017


F-1



VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2016 and 2015
(Dollars in thousands, except par value information)
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
ASSETS
    
 
    
Cash and due from banks
$
15,631

 
$
10,989

Interest bearing deposits in other banks
219,160

 
60,562

Total cash and cash equivalents
234,791

 
71,551

Investment securities
102,559

 
75,813

Loans held for sale
5,208

 
2,831

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $8,524 and $6,772, respectively
983,318

 
813,733

Accrued interest receivable
2,907

 
2,216

Bank-owned life insurance
20,077

 
19,459

Bank premises, furniture and equipment, net
17,413

 
17,449

Non-marketable equity securities
7,366

 
4,167

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiary
93

 
93

Other real estate owned
662

 
493

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $2,198 and $1,605, respectively
2,181

 
2,410

Goodwill
26,865

 
26,865

Other assets
5,067

 
2,471

Total assets
$
1,408,507

 
$
1,039,551

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
$
327,614

 
$
301,367

Interest-bearing
792,016

 
567,043

Total deposits
1,119,630

 
868,410

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
2,914

 
1,776

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
534

 
848

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
38,306

 
28,444

Junior subordinated debentures
3,093

 
3,093

Subordinated notes
4,942

 
4,934

Total liabilities
1,169,419

 
907,505

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

 

Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, no shares issued and outstanding

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; 15,195,328 and 10,712,472 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, (excluding 10,000 shares held in treasury)
152

 
107

Additional paid-in capital
211,173

 
115,721

Retained earnings
29,290

 
16,739

Unallocated Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares; 18,783 and 27,993 shares at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively
(209
)
 
(309
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(1,248
)
 
(142
)
Treasury stock, 10,000 shares at cost
(70
)
 
(70
)
Total stockholders’ equity
239,088

 
132,046

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
1,408,507

 
$
1,039,551

 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-2



VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Interest income:
    
 
    
 
    
Interest and fees on loans
$
44,681

 
$
33,680

 
$
27,236

Interest on investment securities
1,409

 
997

 
839

Interest on deposits in other banks
503

 
241

 
182

Interest on other
2

 
2

 
2

Total interest income
46,595

 
34,920

 
28,259

Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on deposit accounts
4,988

 
2,918

 
2,421

Interest on borrowings
652

 
543

 
498

Total interest expense
5,640

 
3,461

 
2,919

Net interest income
40,955

 
31,459

 
25,340

Provision for loan losses
2,050

 
868

 
1,423

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
38,905

 
30,591

 
23,917

Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges and fees on deposit accounts
1,846

 
1,326

 
1,099

Gain on sales of investment securities
15

 
7

 
34

Gain on sales of loans
3,288

 
1,254

 
641

Gain on sales of other assets owned

 
19

 
10

Bank-owned life insurance
771

 
747

 
427

Other
583

 
351

 
285

Total noninterest income
6,503

 
3,704

 
2,496

Noninterest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
14,332

 
11,265

 
10,037

Occupancy and equipment
3,667

 
3,477

 
3,246

Professional fees
2,804

 
2,023

 
1,382

Data processing and software expense
1,158

 
1,216

 
1,041

FDIC assessment fees
661

 
448

 
421

Marketing
983

 
799

 
588

Other assets owned expenses and write-downs
163

 
53

 
211

Amortization of intangibles
380

 
338

 
295

Telephone and communications
402

 
263

 
226

Other
1,840

 
1,506

 
1,056

Total noninterest expense
26,390

 
21,388

 
18,503

Net income from operations
19,018

 
12,907

 
7,910

Income tax expense
6,467

 
4,117

 
2,705

Net income
$
12,551

 
$
8,790

 
$
5,205

Preferred stock dividends
$

 
$
98

 
$
80

Net income available to common stockholders
$
12,551

 
$
8,692

 
$
5,125

Basic earnings per share
$
1.16

 
$
0.86

 
$
0.73

Diluted earnings per share
$
1.13

 
$
0.84

 
$
0.72

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-3



VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(Dollars in thousands)

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net income
$
12,551

 
$
8,790

 
$
5,205

Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized (losses) gains on securities available for sale arising during the period, net
(1,661
)
 
(469
)
 
255

Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income
15

 
7

 
34

Other comprehensive (losses) income before tax
(1,676
)
 
(476
)
 
221

Income tax (benefit) expense
(570
)
 
(162
)
 
75

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(1,106
)
 
(314
)
 
146

Comprehensive income
$
11,445

 
$
8,476

 
$
5,351

 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4



VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Preferred
Stock
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Unallocated 
Employee
Stock
Ownership
Plan Shares
 
Treasury
Stock
 
 
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Balance at January 1, 2014
$
8,000

 
5,804,703

 
$
58

 
$
55,303

 
$
2,922

 
$
26

 

 
(70
)
 
$
66,239

Sale of common stock in private offering, net offering cost of $61

 
508,047

 
6

 
5,432

 

 

 

 

 
5,438

Preferred stock dividend Series C

 

 

 

 
(80
)
 

 

 

 
(80
)
Sale and finance of stock to ESOP
 
 
46,082

 

 
500

 

 

 
(500
)
 

 

ESOP Shares Allocated

 

 

 
19

 

 

 
99

 

 
118

Sale of common stock in initial public offering, net of offering cost of $4,574

 
3,105,000

 
31

 
35,760

 

 

 

 

 
35,791

Issuance of shares to Directors related to vesting of restricted stock units

 
7,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 
455

 

 

 

 

 
455

Net income

 

 

 

 
5,205

 

 

 

 
5,205

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 
146

 

 

 
146

Balance at December 31, 2014
$
8,000

 
9,470,832

 
$
95

 
$
97,469

 
$
8,047

 
$
172

 
(401
)
 
(70
)
 
$
113,312

Restricted stock units vested, net 10,025 shares withheld to cover tax withholdings

 
26,426

 

 
(159
)
 

 

 

 

 
(159
)
Exercise of employee stock options

 
21,000

 

 
210

 

 

 

 

 
210

Preferred stock dividend Series C

 

 

 

 
(98
)
 

 

 

 
(98
)
Redemption of SBLF preferred stock Series C
(8,000
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(8,000
)
Issuance of shares to ESOP

 
9,147

 

 
115

 

 

 
(5
)
 

 
110

ESOP Shares Allocated

 

 

 
12

 

 

 
97

 

 
109

Common stock issued for acquisition of IBT Bancorp, Inc., net of offering costs of $252
 
 
1,185,067

 
12

 
17,441

 

 

 

 

 
17,453

Stock based compensation

 

 

 
633

 

 

 

 

 
633

Net income

 

 

 

 
8,790

 

 

 

 
8,790

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 
(314
)
 

 

 
(314
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$

 
10,712,472

 
$
107

 
$
115,721

 
$
16,739

 
$
(142
)
 
(309
)
 
$
(70
)
 
$
132,046

Restricted stock units vested, net 10,384 shares withheld to cover tax withholdings

 
38,106

 

 
(175
)
 

 

 

 

 
(175
)
Sale of common stock in underwritten public offering, net offering costs of $489

 
4,444,750

 
45

 
94,473

 

 

 

 

 
94,518

Stock based compensation

 

 

 
983

 

 

 

 

 
983

Excess tax benefit from stock compensation

 

 

 
162

 

 

 

 

 
162

ESOP Shares Allocated

 

 

 
9

 

 

 
100

 

 
109

Net income

 

 

 

 
12,551

 

 

 

 
12,551

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 
(1,106
)
 

 

 
(1,106
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$

 
15,195,328

 
$
152

 
$
211,173

 
$
29,290

 
$
(1,248
)
 
$
(209
)
 
$
(70
)
 
$
239,088

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5



VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Cash flows from operating activities:
    
 
    
 
    
Net income
$
12,551

 
$
8,790

 
$
5,205

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization of core deposit intangibles
1,508

 
1,387

 
1,339

Provision for loan losses
2,050

 
868

 
1,423

Accretion of loan purchase discount
(425
)
 
(194
)
 
(483
)
Stock-based compensation expense
983

 
633

 
455

Excess tax benefit from stock compensation
(162
)
 

 

Amortization of other intangible assets
196

 
31

 
14

Net amortization of premiums on investment securities
1,025

 
498

 
400

Change in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
(618
)
 
(613
)
 
(341
)
Net gain on sales of investment securities
(15
)
 
(7
)
 
(34
)
Gain on sales of loans held for sale
(3,288
)
 
(1,254
)
 
(641
)
Net gain on sales of other real estate owned

 
(19
)
 
(10
)
Amortization of subordinated note discount
8

 
2

 

Net originations of loans held for sale
(70,773
)
 
(39,614
)
 
(45,441
)
Write down on foreclosed assets
114

 

 

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
69,801

 
46,344

 
39,275

Deferred tax benefit
(1,366
)
 
(375
)
 
(466
)
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets
(1,728
)
 
(342
)
 
1,178

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses, accrued interest payable and other liabilities
824

 
(87
)
 
360

Net cash provided by operating activities
10,685

 
16,048

 
2,233

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of securities available for sale
(357,187
)
 
(344,813
)
 
(310,983
)
Sales of securities available for sale
8,378

 
3,779

 
981

Proceeds from maturities, calls and pay downs of investment securities
319,377

 
314,029

 
310,334

Net cash received in acquisition

 
11,150

 

Sales (purchases) of non-marketable equity securities, net
(3,199
)
 
762

 
(1,425
)
Net loans originated
(190,184
)
 
(135,977
)
 
(109,175
)
Proceeds from sale of SBA loans
20,574

 
7,365

 

Purchases of bank-owned life insurance

 

 
(7,006
)
Net additions to bank premises and equipment
(1,075
)
 
(2,392
)
 
(2,243
)
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

 
124

 
2,817

Net cash used in investing activities
(203,316
)
 
(145,973
)
 
(116,700
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in deposits
251,220

 
132,241

 
64,805

Net increase (decrease) in advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
9,862

 
(15,059
)
 
25,000

Change in other borrowings

 
(926
)
 

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

 
210

 

Redemption of SBLF preferred stock Series C

 
(8,000
)
 

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 
(98
)
 
(80
)
Proceeds from payments on ESOP Loan
109

 
109

 
118

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering cost of $489 for December 31, 2016 and $4,574 for December 31, 2014
94,518

 

 
35,791

Excess tax benefit from stock compensation
162

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net offering cost of $61 for the year ended December 31, 2014

 

 
5,438

Offering costs paid in connection with acquisition

 
(252
)
 

Net cash provided by financing activities
355,871

 
108,225

 
131,072

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
163,240

 
(21,700
)
 
16,605

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
71,551

 
93,251

 
76,646

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
234,791

 
$
71,551

 
$
93,251

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6



VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts) 
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Organization
Veritex Holdings, Inc. (Veritex), a Texas corporation and bank holding company, was incorporated in July 2009 and was formed for the purpose of acquiring one or more financial institutions located in Dallas, Texas and surrounding areas.
Veritex through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Veritex Community Bank (Bank), collectively the “Company”, a Texas state banking organization, with corporate offices in Dallas, Texas, currently operates ten branches and one mortgage office located throughout the greater Dallas, Texas metropolitan area. The Bank provides a full range of banking services to individual and corporate customers, which include commercial and retail lending, and the acceptance of checking and savings deposits. The Texas Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve are the primary regulators of the Company, which performs periodic examinations to ensure regulatory compliance.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Veritex and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Veritex Community Bank, formerly known as Veritex Community Bank, National Association.
The accounting principles followed by the Company and the methods of applying them are in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and prevailing practices of the banking industry.
All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Accounting standards codification 
The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) is the officially recognized source of authoritative GAAP applicable to all public and non-public non-governmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under the authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. All other accounting literature is considered non-authoritative. Citing particular content in the ASC involves specifying the unique numeric path to the content through the Topic, Subtopic, Section and Paragraph structure.
Segment Reporting
The Company has one reportable segment. All of the Company’s activities are interrelated, and each activity is dependent and assessed based on how each of the activities of the Company supports the others. For example, lending is dependent upon the ability of the Company to fund itself with deposits and borrowings while managing the interest rate and credit risk. Accordingly, all significant operating decisions are based upon analysis of the Bank as one segment or unit. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker, the CEO, uses the consolidated results to make operating and strategic decisions.
 
Reclassifications 
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2016 financial statement presentation. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement of Financial Asses and Financial Liabilities, the Company recorded debt issuance costs as other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. For the period ending December 31, 2016 and for the periods presented here within, the Company’s consolidated balance sheet reflects a reduction in other assets and subordinated notes related to the reclassification of $49 debt issuance costs for the period ending December 31, 2015 for comparability between periods.
Initial Public Offering (IPO) 
The Company qualifies as an “emerging growth company” as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act). During the second quarter of 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a resolution to sell shares of Veritex common stock to the public in an initial public offering. On July 22, 2014, the Company submitted a confidential draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC with respect to the shares to be registered and sold. On August 29, 2014, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC. That Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC on October 8, 2014. The

F-7



Company sold and issued 3,105,000 shares of common stock at $13.00 per share in reliance on that Registration Statement. Total proceeds received by the Company, net of offering costs were approximately $36,000.  
 
In connection with the initial public offering, on September 22, 2014, the Company amended its certificate of formation to authorize the issuance of up to 75,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, of which 8,000 shares are designated as Series C preferred stock. The authorized but unissued shares of capital stock are available for future issuance without shareholder approval, unless otherwise required by applicable law or the rules of any applicable securities exchange.
 
Acquisition 
On July 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of IBT Bancorp, Inc. (“IBT”), the parent holding company of Independent Bank of Texas (“Independent Bank”), headquartered in Irving, Texas with two banking locations in the Dallas metropolitan area. Under the terms of the definitive agreement, the Company issued 1,185,067 shares of its common stock (with cash in lieu of fractional shares) and paid approximately $4,000 in cash for the outstanding shares of IBT common stock in connection with the closing of the acquisition. Refer to note 25 – Business Combinations for further information regarding the acquisition.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The allowance for loan losses, the fair values of financial instruments, including investment securities available for sale and loans held for sale, and the status of contingencies are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For the purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and federal funds sold.
The Bank maintains deposits with other financial institutions in amounts that exceed federal deposit insurance coverage. Furthermore, federal funds sold are essentially uncollateralized loans to other financial institutions. Management regularly evaluates the credit risk associated with the counterparties to these transactions and believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risks on cash and cash equivalents.
Cash and cash equivalents include interest-bearing deposits in other banks of $219.2 million and $60.6 million, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Restrictions on cash
The Bank is required to maintain regulatory reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The reserve balances required as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were approximately $26.4 million and $28.1 million, respectively.
Investment Securities
Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them until maturity. Securities to be held for indefinite periods of time are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value, with the unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase.
Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums and discounts. Realized gains and losses are derived from the amortized cost of the security sold. Credit related declines in the fair value of available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses, with the remaining unrealized loss recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (iii) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 there were no other-than-temporary impairment losses reflected in earnings as realized losses.

F-8



Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale consist of certain mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market and are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value on an individual loan basis. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. The Company obtains commitments to purchase the loans from the secondary market investors prior to closing of the loans. Loans held for sale are sold with servicing released. Gains and losses on sales of loans held for sale are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.
Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
Loans, excluding certain purchased loans that have shown evidence of deterioration since origination as of the date of the acquisition, that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned income and an allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is recognized using the effective-interest method on the daily balances of the principal amounts outstanding. Fees associated with the origination of loans and certain direct loan origination costs are netted and the net amount is deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment of yield.
The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally no later than when a loan is 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized on a cash basis as long as the remaining book balance of the asset is deemed to be collectible. If collectability is questionable, then cash payments are applied to principal. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement.
The allowance for loan losses is an estimated amount management believes is adequate to absorb inherent losses on existing loans that may be uncollectible based upon review and evaluation of the loan portfolio. Management’s periodic evaluation of the allowance is based on general economic conditions, the financial condition of borrowers, the value and liquidity of collateral, delinquency, prior loan loss experience, and the results of periodic reviews of the portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is comprised of two components: the general reserve and specific reserves. The general reserve is determined in accordance with current authoritative accounting guidance. The Company’s calculation of the general reserve considers historical loss rates for the last three years adjusted for qualitative factors based upon general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company. Such qualitative factors include current local economic conditions and trends including unemployment, changes in lending staff, policies and procedures, changes in credit concentrations, changes in the trends and severity of problem loans and changes in trends in volume and terms of loans. These qualitative factors serve to compensate for additional areas of uncertainty inherent in the portfolio that are not reflected in the Company’s historic loss factors. For purposes of determining the general reserve, the loan portfolio, less cash secured loans, government guaranteed loans and impaired loans, is multiplied by the Company’s adjusted historical loss rate. Specific reserves are determined in accordance with current authoritative accounting guidance based on probable losses on specific classified loans.
The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges to income and decreased by charge-offs (net of recoveries).
Due to the growth of the Bank over the past several years, a portion of the loans in its portfolio and its lending relationships are of relatively recent origin. The new loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in theses loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ business and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. In general, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process the Company refers to as “seasoning.” As a result, a portfolio of older loans will usually behave more predictably than a portfolio of newer loans. Because the majority of the portfolio is relatively new, the current level of delinquencies and defaults may not be representative of the level that will prevail when the portfolio becomes more seasoned, which may be higher than current levels.
Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for new commercial, construction, and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis.
Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal

F-9



and interest payments. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.
The Company’s policy requires measurement of the allowance for an impaired collateral dependent loan based on the fair value of the collateral. Other loan impairments are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market price. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, all significant impaired loans have been determined to be collateral dependent and the allowance for loss has been measured utilizing the estimated fair value of the collateral.
From time to time, the Company modifies its loan agreement with a borrower. A modified loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring when two conditions are met: (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and (ii) concessions are made by the Company that would not otherwise be considered for a borrower with similar credit risk characteristics. Modifications to loan terms may include a lower interest rate, a reduction of principal, or a longer term to maturity. All troubled debt restructurings are considered impaired loans. The Company reviews each troubled debt restructured loan and determines on a case by case basis if a specific allowance for loan loss is required. An allowance for loan loss allocation is based on either the present value of estimated future cash flows or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.
The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income with an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis and makes changes as appropriate. Management receives frequent reports related to loan originations, quality, concentrations, delinquencies, non-performing and potential problem loans. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions, both by type of loan and geography.
Commercial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and effectively. Underwriting standards are designed to determine whether the borrower possesses sound business ethics and practices and to evaluate current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and, secondarily, on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets, such as accounts receivable or inventory, and include personal guarantees.
Real estate loans are also subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans. These loans are underwritten primarily based on projected cash flows and, secondarily, as loans secured by real estate. The repayment of real estate loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loans or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s real estate portfolio are generally diverse in terms of type and geographic location, throughout the Dallas metropolitan area. This diversity helps reduce the exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry.
The Company utilizes methodical credit standards and analysis to supplement its policies and procedures in underwriting consumer loans. The Company’s loan policy addresses types of consumer loans that may be originated and the collateral, if secured, which must be perfected. The relatively smaller individual dollar amounts of consumer loans that are spread over numerous individual borrowers also minimizes the Company’s risk.
Certain Acquired Loans
As part of business acquisitions, the Company evaluated each of the acquired loans under ASC 310-30 to determine whether (i) there was evidence of credit deterioration since origination, and (ii) it was probable that the Company would not collect all contractually required payments receivable. The Company determined the best indicator of such evidence was an individual loan’s payment status and/or whether a loan was determined to be classified based on a review of each individual loan. Therefore, generally each individual loan that should have been or was on non-accrual at the acquisition date and each individual loan that was deemed impaired were included subject to ASC 310-30 accounting. These loans were recorded at the discounted expected cash flows of the individual loan.
Loans which were evaluated under ASC 310-30, and where the timing and amount of cash flows can be reasonably estimated, were accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-30-35. The Company applies the interest method for these loans under this subtopic and the loans are excluded from non-accrual. If, at acquisition, the Company identified loans that they could not reasonably estimate cash flows or, if subsequent to acquisition, such cash flows could not be estimated, such loans would be included in non-accrual and accounted for under the cost recovery method. These acquired loans are recorded at the allocated fair value, such that there is no carryover of the seller’s allowance for loan losses. Such acquired loans are accounted for individually.

F-10



The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each purchased loan, and the expected cash flows in excess of the allocated fair value is recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan (accretable yield). The excess of the loan’s contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (non-accretable difference). Over the life of the loan, expected cash flows continue to be estimated. If the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, a loss is recorded through the allowance for loan losses. If the present value of expected cash flows is greater than the carrying amount, any related allowance for loan loss is reversed, with the remaining yield being recognized prospectively through interest income.
Loans to which ASC 310-30 accounting is applied are deemed purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans.
 
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets (generally consisting of sales of loans held for sale and loan participations with unaffiliated banks) are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
Bank Premises and Equipment
Buildings and improvements, furniture and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:
Buildings and improvements
10 - 40 years
Leasehold improvements
Term of lease
Furniture and equipment
3 - 10 years
Major replacements and betterments are capitalized while maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Gains or losses on dispositions are reflected in operations as incurred.
Non-Marketable Equity Securities
The Bank is a member of its regional Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and of the Federal Home Loan Bank system (FHLB). FHLB members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. Both FRB and FHLB stock are carried at cost, restricted for sale, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income. Other non-marketable equity securities are carried at cost which approximates fair value.
Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned represents properties acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell. At foreclosure, if the fair value, less estimated costs to sell, of the real estate acquired is less than the Bank’s recorded investment in the related loan, a write-down is recognized through a charge to the allowance for loan losses. Any subsequent reduction in value is recognized by a charge to income. Operating and holding expenses of such properties, net of related income, and gains and losses on their disposition are included in noninterest expense.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain employees. These bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) policies are recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at their cash surrender values. Income from these policies and changes in the cash surrender values are recorded in noninterest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill resulting from a business combination represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is not amortized but is

F-11



reviewed for potential impairment annually on December 31 or when a triggering event occurs. The Company’s goodwill test involves a two-step process. Under the first step, the estimation of fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value including goodwill. If step one indicates a potential impairment, the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. If the carrying amount of the reporting goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in the results of operations in the periods in which they become known. Intangible assets consist of core deposit intangibles and other intangible assets related to operating leases with favorable market terms acquired in business combinations. Intangible assets are initially recognized based on a valuation performed as of the acquisition date. Core deposit intangibles are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of seven to nine years. Intangible assets related to operating leases are amortized over the remaining life of the acquired lease using the straight-line method. All indefinite lived intangible assets are tested annually for potential impairment or when triggering events occur. Intangible assets with definite lives are tested for impairment when a triggering event occurs. No impairment charges related to goodwill and intangible assets were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
Advertising and Marketing
Advertising and marketing consists of the Company’s advertising and marketing in its local market. Advertising and marketing is expensed as incurred.
Income Taxes
The Company files a consolidated income tax return with its subsidiary. Federal income tax expense or benefit is allocated on a separate return basis.
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income and recoverable taxes paid in prior years.
The Company may recognize the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements would be the benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, management has determined there are no material uncertain tax positions.
When necessary, the Company would include interest assessed by taxing authorities in “Interest expense” and penalties related to income taxes in “Other expense” on its consolidated statements of income. The Company did not record any interest or penalties related to income tax for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014. With few exceptions, such as state examinations, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2013.
Fair Values of Financial Instruments
Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The fair value estimates of existing on and off-balance sheet financial instruments do not include the value of anticipated future business or the value of assets and liabilities not considered financial instruments.
Stock Based Compensation
Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and stock awards (performance and non-performance based) issued to employees and directors, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options. The market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used to estimate fair value for stock awards. A Monte Carlo simulation is used to estimate the fair value of performance-based restricted stock units which include a market condition that determines the number of restricted stock units which will vest based on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to a market index.

F-12



Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.
Treasury Stock
Treasury stock is stated at cost, which is determined by the first-in, first-out method.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income includes all changes in stockholders’ equity during a period, except those resulting from transactions with stockholders. In addition to net income, comprehensive income includes the net effect of changes in the fair value of securities available for sale, net of tax. Comprehensive income is reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
ESOP
Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted the Veritex Community Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) covering all employees that meet certain age and service requirements. Plan assets are held and managed by the Company. Shares of the Company’s common stock purchased by the ESOP are held in a suspense account until released for allocation to participants. Shares released are allocated to each eligible participant based on the participant’s 401(k) contribution made during that year. Compensation expense is measured based upon the expected amount of the Company’s discretionary contribution that is determined on an annual basis and is accrued ratably over the year. Shares are committed to be released to settle the liability upon formal declaration of the contribution at the end of the year. The number of shares released to settle the liability is based upon fair value of the shares and become outstanding shares for earnings per share computations. The cost of shares issued to the ESOP, but not yet committed to be released, is shown as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. To the extent that the fair value of the ESOP shares differs from the cost of such shares, the difference is charged or credited to stockholders’ equity as additional paid in capital.
Business Combinations
The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Under the acquisition method, the acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Management utilizes valuation techniques appropriate for the asset or liability being measured in determining these fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over amounts allocated to assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Where amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is greater than the purchase price, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
Servicing Assets
The Company accounts for its servicing assets at amortized cost in accordance with ASC 860, “Servicing Assets and Liabilities.” The codification requires that servicing rights acquired through the origination of loans, which are sold with servicing rights retained, are recognized as separate assets. Servicing assets are recorded as the difference between the contractual servicing fees and adequate compensation for performing the servicing, and are periodically reviewed and adjusted for any impairment. The amount of impairment recognized, if any, is the amount by which the servicing assets exceed their fair value. Fair value of the servicing assets is estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market interest rates. Servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of the related net servicing income.

F-13



Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share (EPS) are based upon the weighted-average shares outstanding. The table below sets forth the reconciliation between weighted average shares used for calculating basic and diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Earnings (numerator)
    
 
    
 
 
Net income  
$
12,551

 
$
8,790

 
$
5,205

Less: preferred stock dividends

 
98

 
80

Net income allocated to common stockholders
$
12,551

 
$
8,692

 
$
5,125

Shares (denominator)
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic EPS (thousands)
10,849

 
10,061

 
6,992

Dilutive effect of employee stock-based awards
209

 
271

 
161

Adjusted weighted average shares outstanding
11,058

 
10,332

 
7,153

Earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
1.16

 
$
0.86

 
$
0.73

Diluted
$
1.13

 
$
0.84

 
$
0.72

 
For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, there were no exclusions from the diluted EPS weighted average shares.
2. Supplemental Statement of Cash Flows
Other supplemental cash flow information is presented below:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
$
5,607

 
$
3,520

 
$
2,927

Cash paid for income taxes
$
8,250

 
$
4,100

 
$
2,750

Supplemental Disclosures of Non-Cash Flow Information:
 
 
 
 
 
Sale and finance of stock to ESOP
$

 
$

 
$
500

Issuance of stock to ESOP
$

 
$
110

 
$

Net issuance of common stock for vesting of restricted stock units
$
175

 
$
159

 
$
500

Net foreclosure of other real estate owned
$
283

 
$
493

 
$
1,115

 

F-14



Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities from the IBT acquisition is as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Noncash assets acquired
 
 
 
Securities available for sale

 
4,646

Loans

 
88,459

Bank premises, furniture and equipment (1)

 
4,947

Securities available for sale

 
790

Bank-owned life insurance

 
1,024

Accrued interest receivable

 
250

Servicing assets

 
323

Goodwill

 
7,717

Core deposit intangibles

 
1,078

Other assets

 

Total assets
$

 
$
109,234

Noncash liabilities assumed:
 
 
 
Deposits
$

 
$
97,426

FHLB advances

 
3,503

Other borrowings

 
926

Other liabilities

 
824

Total liabilities
$

 
$
102,679

1,185,067 shares of common stock exchanged in connection with acquisition
$

 
$
17,705

 
(1)
For the year ended December 31, 2015, included within bank premises, furniture and equipment is building and land at fair values of $3,310 and $1,490, respectively.
 
3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
ASU 2016-18 “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash” requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. For public companies, ASU 2016-18 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is in process of evaluating the impact of this pronouncement, which is not expected to have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
    
ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments —Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”) amends guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available for sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost basis, Topic 326 eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. For available for sale debt securities, credit losses should be measured in a manner similar to current GAAP, however Topic 326 will require that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. This Accounting Standards Update affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. For public business entities, this ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods therein. The Company is continuing to evaluate the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-03 and is uncertain of the impact on the consolidated financial statements at this point in time.

ASU 2016-09 “Compensation —Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (“ASU 2016-09”) simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. For public business entities, this ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after

F-15



December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein. The Company plans to adopt this guidance during the first quarter for the year ended December 31, 2017 and does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

ASU 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842)” is intended to improve the reporting of leasing transactions to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information. ASU 2016-02 will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is in process of evaluating the impact of this pronouncement, which is not expected to have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2016-01 “Financial Instruments─Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“ASU 2016-01”) amends certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. ASU 2016-01, among other things, i) requires equity investments, with certain exceptions, to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, (ii) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment, (iii) eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, (iv) requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, (v) requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments, (vi) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements and (viii) clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale. This update will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2018. The Company is in process of evaluating the impact of this pronouncement, which is not expected to have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2015-16 “Business Combinations (Topic 805)” (“ASU 2015-16”) requires that an acquirer retrospectively adjust provisional amounts recognized in a business combination, during the measurement period. To simplify the accounting for adjustments made to provisional amounts, the amendments in the Update require that the acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amount is determined. The acquirer is required to also record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. In addition an entity is required to present separately on the face of the income statement or disclose in the notes to the financial statements the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2015-03 “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (Subtopic 835-50)” (“ASU 2015-03”) amends the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability. ASU 2015-03 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 31, 2015. As the total amount of debt issuance costs for the interim periods were insignificant, the Company adopted the guidance as of December 31, 2016. The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 reflects a reduction of $43 in other assets and subordinates notes. For comparability purposes, the Company reclassed the debt issuance costs of $49 as a reduction in other assets and subordinated notes as of December 31, 2015, see “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Reclassifications.”
ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”) implements a common revenue standard that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 establishes a five-step model which entities must follow to recognize revenue and removes inconsistencies and weaknesses in existing guidance. The original effective date for ASU 2014-09 was for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. However, in August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, which deferred the effective date by one year, therefore it is now effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company’s is continuing to evaluate the impact that ASU 2014-09 with the expectation to adopt the standard in the first quarter of 2018. This new standard would have an impact on components of non-interest income, however the Company’s preliminary analysis suggests that the adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-16




ASU 2014-12 “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period” (“ASU 2014-12”) requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. ASU 2014-12 is intended to resolve the diverse accounting treatments of these types of awards in practice and is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 
 
4. Investment Securities
Debt and equity securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent. The carrying amount of securities and their approximate fair values are as follows:
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
Gross
 
Gross
 
 
 
Amortized
 
Unrealized
 
Unrealized
 
 
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Fair Value
Available for Sale
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
U.S. government agencies
$
732

 
$

 
$
36

 
$
696

Municipal securities
14,540

 
2

 
500

 
14,042

Mortgage-backed securities
49,907

 
83

 
871

 
49,119

Collateralized mortgage obligations
38,507

 
32

 
612

 
37,927

Asset-backed securities
764

 
11

 

 
775

 
$
104,450

 
$
128

 
$
2,019

 
$
102,559

 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
Gross
 
Gross
 
 
 
Amortized
 
Unrealized
 
Unrealized
 
 
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Fair Value
Available for Sale
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
U.S. government agencies
$
3,823

 
$

 
$
36

 
$
3,787

Municipal securities
6,738

 
9

 
52

 
6,695

Mortgage-backed securities
46,180

 
169

 
292

 
46,057

Collateralized mortgage obligations
18,379

 
64

 
59

 
18,384

Asset-backed securities
907

 

 
17

 
890

 
$
76,027

 
$
242

 
$
456

 
$
75,813

 

F-17



The following tables disclose the Company’s investment securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 or more months:
 
December 31, 2016
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Totals
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
Available for Sale
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
U.S. government agencies
$

 
$

 
$
696

 
$
36

 
$
696

 
$
36

Municipal securities
12,060

 
478

 
518

 
22

 
12,578

 
500

Mortgage-backed securities
37,274

 
802

 
6,848

 
69

 
44,122

 
871

Collateralized mortgage obligations
29,618

 
584

 
1,618

 
28

 
31,236

 
612

 
$
78,952

 
$
1,864

 
$
9,680

 
$
155

 
$
88,632

 
$
2,019

 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Totals
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
Available for Sale
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
U.S. government agencies
$
2,978

 
$
7

 
$
809

 
$
29

 
$
3,787

 
$
36

Municipal securities
4,216

 
52

 

 

 
4,216

 
52

Mortgage-backed securities
32,255

 
253

 
2,792

 
39

 
35,047

 
292

Collateralized mortgage obligations
8,672

 
76

 

 

 
8,672

 
76

 
$
48,121

 
$
388

 
$
3,601

 
$
68

 
$
51,722

 
$
456

 
The number of investment positions in an unrealized loss position totaled 72 and 52 at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company does not believe these unrealized losses are “other than temporary” as (i) the Company does not have the intent to sell investment securities prior to recovery and (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell these securities prior to recovery. The unrealized losses noted are interest rate related due to an increasing interest rate environment primarily in the fourth quarter of 2016. . The Company has reviewed the ratings of the issuers and has not identified any issues related to the ultimate repayment of principal as a result of credit concerns on these securities.
The amortized costs and estimated fair values of securities available for sale, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayments penalties. Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and asset-backed securities typically are issued with stated principal amounts, and the securities are backed by pools of mortgage loans and other loans that have varying maturities. The term of mortgage-backed, collateralized mortgage obligations and asset-backed securities thus approximates the term of the underlying mortgages and loans and can vary significantly due to prepayments. Therefore, these securities are not included in the maturity categories below.

F-18



 
December 31, 2016
 
Available For Sale
 
Amortized
 
Fair
 
Cost
 
Value
Due in one year or less
$

 
$

Due from one year to five years
4,009

 
3,974

Due from five years to ten years
3,522

 
3,346

Due after ten years
7,741

 
7,418

 
15,272

 
14,738

Mortgage-backed securities
49,907

 
49,119

Collateralized mortgage obligations
38,507

 
37,927

Asset-backed securities
764

 
775

 
$
104,450

 
$
102,559

 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Available For Sale
 
Amortized
 
Fair
 
Cost
 
Value
Due in one year or less
$
996

 
$
999

Due from one year to five years
4,869

 
4,851

Due from five years to ten years
428

 
417

Due after ten years
4,268

 
4,217

 
10,561

 
10,484

Mortgage-backed securities
46,180

 
46,056

Collateralized mortgage obligations
18,379

 
18,384

Asset-backed securities
907

 
889

 
$
76,027

 
$
75,813

  
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale and gross gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Proceeds from sales
$
8,378

 
$
3,779

 
$
981

Gross realized gains
43

 
42

 
34

Gross realized losses
40

 
35

 

Also included in gain on sale of investment securities in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income are gross gains of $12 from calls of investment securities for the year ended December 31, 2016. There were no gross gains or losses from calls of investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
As further explained in Note 11, there was a blanket floating lien on all securities to secure Federal Home Loan Bank advances as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. 


F-19



5. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
Loans in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are summarized as follows:
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Real estate:
    
 
    
Construction and land
$
162,614

 
$
126,422

Farmland
8,262

 
11,696

1 - 4 family residential
140,137

 
137,704

Multi-family residential
14,683

 
8,695

Commercial Real Estate
370,696

 
284,622

Commercial
291,416

 
246,124

Consumer
4,089

 
5,304

 
991,897

 
820,567

Deferred loan fees
(55
)
 
(62
)
Allowance for loan losses
(8,524
)
 
(6,772
)
 
$
983,318

 
$
813,733

Included in the net loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is an accretable discount related to loans acquired within a business combination in the approximate amounts of $469 and $932, respectively. The discount is being accreted into income using the interest method over the life of the loans. In addition, included in the net loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is a discount on retained loans from SBA loans sales of $832 and $583, respectively.
An institution which has reported loans for construction, land development, and other land loans representing 100% or more of total risk-based capital, or total non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans representing 300% or more of the institution’s total risk-based capital and the outstanding balance of commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months, may be identified for further supervisory analysis by regulators to assess the nature and risk posed by the concentration. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had total commercial real estate loans (CRE) representing 310% of total risk-based capital. Included in these amounts, the Company had construction, land development, and other land loans representing 125% of total risk-based capital at December 31, 2016 indicating a concentration in commercial real estate lending. Sound risk management practices and appropriate levels of capital are essential elements of a sound commercial real estate lending program. Concentrations of CRE exposures add a dimension of risk that compounds the risk inherent in individual loans. Interagency guidance on CRE concentrations describes sound risk management practices, which include board and management oversight, portfolio management, management information systems, market analysis, portfolio stress testing and sensitivity analysis, credit underwriting standards, and credit risk review functions. At December 31, 2016, Management believes that it has implemented these practices in order to monitor its CRE lending program and that it is in compliance with the requirements and guidance of federal banking agencies including the federal reserve for institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending.    
The majority of the loan portfolio consists of loans to businesses and individuals in the Dallas metropolitan area. This geographic concentration subjects the loan portfolio to the general economic conditions within this area. The risks created by this concentration have been considered by management in the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes the allowance for loan losses was adequate to cover estimated losses on loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans
Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal

F-20



due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Non-accrual loans aggregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, are as follows:
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Real estate:
    
 
    
Construction and land
$

 
$

Farmland

 

1 - 4 family residential

 
187

Multi-family residential

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

Commercial
930

 
383

Consumer
11

 
21

 
$
941

 
$
591

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, interest income not recognized on non-accrual loans was minimal.
An age analysis of past due loans, aggregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:
 
December 31, 2016
 
30 to 59 Days
 
60 to 89 Days
 
90 Days or Greater
 
Total Past Due
 
Total Current
 
Total
Loans
 
Total 90 Days Past Due and Still Accruing
Real estate:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land
$
1,047

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,047

 
$
161,567

 
$
162,614

 
$

Farmland

 

 

 

 
8,262

 
8,262

 

1 - 4 family residential
510

 
214

 

 
724

 
139,413

 
140,137

 

Multi-family residential

 

 

 

 
14,683

 
14,683

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

 
754

 
754

 
369,942

 
370,696

 
754

Commercial
1,344

 
438

 
532

 
2,314

 
289,102

 
291,416

 
81

Consumer
41

 

 

 
41

 
4,048

 
4,089

 

 
$
2,942

 
$
652

 
$
1,286

 
$
4,880

 
$
987,017

 
$
991,897

 
$
835


 
December 31, 2015
 
30 to 59 Days
 
60 to 89 Days
 
90 Days or Greater
 
Total Past Due
 
Total Current
 
Total
Loans
 
Total 90 Days Past Due and Still Accruing
Real estate:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land
$
3

 
$

 
$

 
$
3

 
$
126,419

 
$
126,422

 
$

Farmland

 

 

 

 
11,696

 
11,696

 

1 - 4 family residential
215

 
438

 
187

 
840

 
136,864

 
137,704

 

Multi-family residential

 

 

 

 
8,695

 
8,695

 

Commercial Real Estate

 
175

 

 
175

 
284,447

 
284,622

 

Commercial
883

 
81

 
159

 
1,123

 
245,001

 
246,124

 
83

Consumer
8

 
2

 
1

 
11

 
5,293

 
5,304

 
1

 
$
1,109

 
$
696

 
$
347

 
$
2,152

 
$
818,415

 
$
820,567

 
$
84


F-21



 
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing, increased from $84 as of December 31, 2015 to $835 as of December 31, 2016. These loans are also considered well-secured and in the process of collection as of the reporting date with plans in place for the borrowers to bring the notes fully current. The Company believes that it will collect all principal and interest due on each of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing.
Impaired Loans
Impaired loans are those loans where it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. All troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) are considered impaired loans. Impaired loans are measured based on either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; the loan’s observable market price; or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured at the fair value of the collateral. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.
Impaired loans, including purchased credit impaired loans and troubled debt restructurings, at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are summarized in the following tables.
 
December 31, 2016
 
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
Total
Recorded
Investment
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
YTD
Real estate:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Farmland

 

 

 

 

 

1 - 4 family residential
164

 
164

 

 
164

 

 
265

Multi-family residential

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate
382

 
382

 

 
382

 

 
440

Commercial
955

 
381

 
574

 
955

 
246

 
463

Consumer
92

 
81

 
11

 
92

 
4

 
12

Total
$
1,593

 
$
1,008

 
$
585

 
$
1,593

 
$
250

 
$
1,180


 
December 31, 2015
 
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
Total
Recorded
Investment
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
YTD
Real estate:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
10

Farmland

 

 

 

 

 

1 - 4 family residential
353

 
353

 

 
353

 

 
191

Multi-family residential

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate
1,265

 
1,265

 

 
1,265

 

 
1,146

Commercial
740

 
390

 
350

 
740

 
186

 
533

Consumer
21

 
3

 
18

 
21

 
7

 
27

Total
$
2,379

 
$
2,011

 
$
368

 
$
2,379

 
$
193

 
$
1,907

 
Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, total interest income and cash-based interest income recognized on impaired loans was minimal.

F-22



Troubled Debt Restructuring
Modifications of terms for the Company’s loans and their inclusion as TDRs are based on individual facts and circumstances. Loan modifications that are included as TDRs may involve a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, or deferral of principal payments, regardless of the period of the modification. The recorded investment in TDRs was $822 and $1,727 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the terms of certain loans were modified as TDRs as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Number
of Loans
 
Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Adjusted
Interest
Rate
 
Extended
Maturity
 
Extended
Maturity
and
Restructured
Payments
 
Extended
Maturity,
Restructured
Payments and
Adjusted
Interest Rate
Real estate loans:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Farmland

 

 

 

 

 

1 - 4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-family residential

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial
2

 
175

 

 

 
169

 

Consumer
1

 
81

 

 

 
81

 

Total
3

 
$
256

 
$

 
$

 
$
250

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Number
of Loans
 
Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Adjusted
Interest
Rate
 
Extended
Maturity
 
Extended
Maturity
and
Restructured
Payments
 
Extended
Maturity,
Restructured
Payments and
Adjusted
Interest Rate
Real estate loans:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Farmland

 

 

 

 

 

1 - 4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-family residential

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate
1

 
399

 

 

 

 
391

Commercial
1

 
268

 

 

 
246

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

Total
2

 
$
667

 
$

 
$

 
$
246

 
$
391

All TDRs are measured individually for impairment. Of the three loans restructured during the year ended December 31, 2016, two are past due and one is performing as agreed to the modified terms. A specific allowance for loan losses of $38 is recorded for one of the loans as of December 31, 2016. One of the three loans is on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2016
Of the two loans restructured during the year ended December 31, 2015, both are performing as agreed to the modified terms. A specific allowance for loan losses of $132 is recorded for one of the loans as of December 31, 2015.  One of the two loans were on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2015.

F-23



Interest income recorded during 2016 and 2015 on the restructured loans and interest income that would have been recorded had the terms of the loan not been modified was minimal.
There were no loans modified as a troubled debt restructured loan for which there was a payment default during the year ended December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015. A default for purposes of this disclosure is a troubled debt restructured loan in which the borrower is 90 days past due or results in the foreclosure and repossession of the applicable collateral.
The Company has not committed to lend additional amounts to customers with outstanding loans that were classified as TDRs as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Credit Quality Indicators
From a credit risk standpoint, the Company classifies its loans in one of the following categories: (i) pass, (ii) special mention, (iii) substandard or (iv) doubtful. Loans classified as loss are charged-off.
The classifications of loans reflect a judgment about the risks of default and loss associated with the loan. The Company reviews the ratings on criticized credits monthly. Ratings are adjusted to reflect the degree of risk and loss that is felt to be inherent in each credit as of each monthly reporting period. All classified credits are evaluated for impairments. If impairment is determined to exist, a specific reserve is established. The Company’s methodology is structured so that specific reserves are increased in accordance with deterioration in credit quality (and a corresponding increase in risk and loss) or decreased in accordance with improvement in credit quality (and a corresponding decrease in risk and loss).
Credits rated special mention show clear signs of financial weaknesses or deterioration in credit worthiness, however, such concerns are not so pronounced that the Company generally expects to experience significant loss within the short-term. Such credits typically maintain the ability to perform within standard credit terms and credit exposure is not as prominent as credits rated more harshly.
Credits rated substandard are those in which the normal repayment of principal and interest may be, or has been, jeopardized by reason of adverse trends or developments of a financial, managerial, economic or political nature, or important weaknesses which exist in collateral. A protracted workout on these credits is a distinct possibility. Prompt corrective action is therefore required to strengthen the Company’s position, and/or to reduce exposure and to assure that adequate remedial measures are taken by the borrower. Credit exposure becomes more likely in such credits and a serious evaluation of the secondary support to the credit is performed.
Credits rated doubtful are those in which full collection of principal appears highly questionable, and in which some degree of loss is anticipated, even though the ultimate amount of loss may not yet be certain and/or other factors exist which could affect collection of debt. Based upon available information, positive action by the Company is required to avert or minimize loss. Credits rated doubtful are generally also placed on non-accrual.
The following tables summarize the Company’s internal ratings of its loans, including purchased credit impaired loans, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:
 
December 31, 2016
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Total
Real estate:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land
$
162,614

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
162,614

Farmland
8,262

 

 

 

 
8,262

1 - 4 family residential
139,212

 
710

 
215

 

 
140,137

Multi-family residential
14,683

 

 

 

 
14,683

Commercial Real Estate
368,370

 
2,326

 

 

 
370,696

Commercial
289,589

 
686

 
1,034

 
107

 
291,416

Consumer
4,078

 

 
11

 

 
4,089

Total
$
986,808

 
$
3,722

 
$
1,260

 
$
107

 
$
991,897

 

F-24



 
December 31, 2015
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Total
Real estate:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Construction and land
$
126,422

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
126,422

Farmland
11,696

 

 

 

 
11,696

1 - 4 family residential
136,856

 

 
848

 

 
137,704

Multi-family residential
8,695

 

 

 

 
8,695

Commercial Real Estate
282,404

 
2,043

 
175

 

 
284,622

Commercial
244,948

 
573

 
527

 
76

 
246,124

Consumer
5,282

 
1

 
21

 

 
5,304

Total
$
816,303

 
$
2,617

 
$
1,571

 
$
76

 
$
820,567

 
An analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
 
For the
 
For the
 
For the
 
Year Ended
 
Year Ended      
 
Year Ended
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Balance at beginning of year
$
6,772

 
$
5,981

 
$
5,018

Provision charged to earnings
2,050

 
868

 
1,423

Charge-offs
(333
)
 
(140
)
 
(510
)
Recoveries
35

 
63

 
50

Net charge-offs
(298
)
 
(77
)
 
(460
)
Balance at end of year
$
8,524

 
$
6,772

 
$
5,981

 
The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.86%, 0.83% and 0.99% as of December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The following tables summarize the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
December 31, 2016
 
Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction,
Land and
Farmland
 
Residential
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Total
Balance at beginning of year
$
1,104

 
$
1,124

 
$
2,189

 
$
2,324

 
$
31

 
$
6,772

Provision (recapture) charged to earnings
311

 
(8
)
 
814

 
913

 
20

 
2,050

Charge-offs

 

 

 
(314
)
 
(19
)
 
(333
)
Recoveries

 

 

 
32

 
3

 
35

Net charge-offs (recoveries)

 

 

 
(282
)
 
(16
)
 
(298
)
Balance at end of year
$
1,415

 
$
1,116

 
$
3,003

 
$
2,955

 
$
35

 
$
8,524

Period-end amount allocated to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specific reserves:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
246

 
$
4

 
$
250

Total specific reserves

 

 

 
246

 
4

 
250

General reserves
1,415

 
1,116

 
3,003

 
2,709

 
31

 
8,274

Total
$
1,415

 
$
1,116

 
$
3,003

 
$
2,955

 
$
35

 
$
8,524

 

F-25



 
December 31, 2015
 
Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction,
Land and
Farmland
 
Residential
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Total
Balance at beginning of year
$
769

 
$
1,166

 
$
1,890

 
$
2,092

 
$
64

 
$
5,981

Provision (recapture) charged to earnings
383

 
(42
)
 
294

 
262

 
(29
)
 
868

Charge-offs
(48
)
 

 

 
(87
)
 
(5
)
 
(140
)
Recoveries

 

 
5

 
57

 
1

 
63

Net charge-offs (recoveries)
(48
)
 

 
5

 
(30
)
 
(4
)
 
(77
)
Balance at end of year
$
1,104

 
$
1,124

 
$
2,189

 
$
2,324

 
$
31

 
$
6,772

Period-end amount allocated to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specific reserves:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
186

 
$
7

 
$
193

Total specific reserves

 

 

 
186

 
7

 
193

General reserves
1,104

 
1,124

 
2,189

 
2,138

 
24

 
6,579

Total
$
1,104

 
$
1,124

 
$
2,189

 
$
2,324

 
$
31

 
$
6,772

 
The Company’s recorded investment in loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 related to the balance in the allowance for loan losses on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology is as follows:
 
December 31, 2016
 
Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction,
Land and
Farmland
 
Residential
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Total
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
$

 
$
164

 
$
382

 
$
955

 
$
92

 
$
1,593

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
170,876

 
154,656

 
370,314

 
290,461

 
3,997

 
990,304

Total
$
170,876

 
$
154,820

 
$
370,696

 
$
291,416

 
$
4,089

 
$
991,897

 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction,
Land and
Farmland
 
Residential
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Total
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
$

 
$
353

 
$
1,265

 
$
740

 
$
21

 
$
2,379

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
138,118

 
146,046

 
283,357

 
245,384

 
5,283

 
818,188

Total
$
138,118

 
$
146,399

 
$
284,622

 
$
246,124

 
$
5,304

 
$
820,567

The Company has acquired certain loans which experienced credit deterioration since origination (purchased credit impaired loans, or “PCI” loans). Accretion on PCI loans is based on estimated future cash flows, regardless of contractual maturity.
The carrying amount of purchased credit impaired loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was minimal.

F-26



Servicing Assets
At December 31, 2016, the Company was servicing loans of approximately $32,905 and $21,659 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. A summary of the changes in the related servicing assets are as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Balance at beginning of year
$
426

 
$

Servicing asset acquired through acquisition

 
323

Increase from loan sales
365

 
126

Amortization charged to income
(190
)
 
(23
)
Increase in valuation allowance

 

Balance at end of period
$
601

 
$
426

The estimated fair value of the servicing assets approximated the carrying amount at December 31, 2016. No servicing assets were held by the bank prior to the acquisition of IBT Bancorp, Inc. (“IBT”). Fair value is estimated by discounting estimated future cash flows from the servicing assets using discount rates that approximate current market rates over the expected lives of the loans being serviced. A valuation allowance is recorded when the fair value is below the carrying amount of the asset. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were no valuation allowances recorded.
The Company may also receive a portion of subsequent interest collections on loans sold that exceed the contractual servicing fee. In that case, the Company records an interest-only strip based on its relative fair market value and the other components of the loans. There was no interest-only strip receivable recorded at December 31, 2016 and 2015.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Bank sold $18,704 and $6,724 of Small Business Administration loans resulting in a gain of $1,690 and $550
6. Bank Premises and Equipment
Bank premises and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are summarized as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Building and improvements
$
7,673

 
$
7,673

Leasehold improvements
3,119

 
3,024

Land
6,671

 
6,671

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
5,106

 
4,498

Construction in Progress
365

 

 
22,934

 
21,866

Less accumulated depreciation
5,521

 
4,417

 
$
17,413

 
$
17,449

The Company recorded depreciation expense of approximately $1,111$1,040 and $1,045 for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014, respectively.

F-27



7. Non-marketable Equity Securities
Investments in non-marketable equity securities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are summarized as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock
$
3,846

 
$
1,270

Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas stock
3,470

 
2,847

Other non-marketable equity securities
50

 
50

 
$
7,366

 
$
4,167

8. Intangible Assets
Intangible assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are summarized as follows:
 
December 31, 2016
 
Weighted
 
Gross
 
 
 
Net
 
Amortization
 
Intangible
 
Accumulated
 
Intangible
 
Period
 
Asset
 
Amortization
 
Asset
Core deposit intangibles
6.2 years
 
$
3,459

 
$
1,914

 
$
1,545

Servicing asset
7.9 years
 
814

 
213

 
601

Other intangible assets
4.3 years
 
106

 
71

 
35

 
 
 
$
4,379

 
$
2,198

 
$
2,181

 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Weighted
 
Gross
 
 
 
Net
 
Amortization
 
Intangible
 
Accumulated
 
Intangible
 
Period
 
Asset
 
Amortization
 
Asset
Core deposit intangibles
6.7 years
 
$
3,459

 
$
1,517

 
$
1,942

Servicing asset
10.1 years
 
449

 
23

 
426

Other intangible assets
5.3 years
 
107

 
65

 
42

 
 
 
$
4,015

 
$
1,605

 
$
2,410

 
For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, amortization expense related to intangible assets of approximately $595, $378 and $306 respectively, is included within amortization of intangibles, occupancy and equipment, and other income within the consolidated statements of income. The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets remaining as of December 31, 2015 was as follows:
Year
 
Amount
2017
 
$
493

2018
 
402

2019
 
283

2020
 
257

2021
 
208

Thereafter
 
538

 
 
$
2,181



F-28



9. Goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are summarized as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Beginning of year
$
26,865

 
$
19,148

Effect of acquisitions

 
7,717

Impairment losses

 

End of year
$
26,865

 
$
26,865

 
10. Deposits
Deposits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are summarized as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Noninterest-bearing demand accounts
$
327,614

 
$
301,367

Interest-bearing demand accounts
69,570

 
72,536

Savings accounts
11,166

 
9,045

Limited access money market accounts
579,950

 
381,646

Certificates of deposit, greater than $100
115,214

 
86,048

Certificates of deposit, less than $100
16,116

 
17,768

Total
$
1,119,630

 
$
868,410

 
As of December 31, 2016, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit were as follows:
Year
 
Amount
2017
 
$
107,633

2018
 
17,824

2019
 
3,176

2020
 
2,298

2021
 
388

2022
 
11

Total
 
$
131,330

The aggregate amount of demand deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loans was $30 and $63 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Brokered deposits at December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled approximately $27,035 and $80,841, respectively.
11. Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank totaled $38,306 and $28,444 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the advances were collateralized by a blanket floating lien on certain securities and loans, had a weighted average rate of 0.77% and mature on various dates during 2017, 2018 and 2022. The Company had the availability to borrow additional funds of approximately $369,352 as of December 31, 2016.

F-29



Contractual maturities of FHLB advances at December 31, 2016 were as follows:
2017
$
10,000

2018
25,000

2019

2020

2021

Thereafter
3,306

Total
$
38,306

 
12. Other Credit Extensions
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company maintained two credit facilities with commercial banks which provide federal funds credit extensions with an availability to borrow up to an aggregate amount of approximately $14,600. There were no borrowings against these lines as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company maintained a secured line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank with an availability to borrow approximately $197,262 and $152,235, respectively. Approximately $265,001 and $208,677 of commercial loans were pledged as collateral at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were no borrowings against this line as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
13. Junior Subordinated Debentures and Subordinated Notes
Junior subordinated debentures and subordinated notes in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Junior subordinated debentures(1)
$
3,093

 
$
3,093

Subordinated notes(2)
$
4,942

 
$
4,934

 
(1)
Trust Securities with a rate of LIBOR plus 1.85% debentures payable to Parkway National Capital Trust 1 with stated maturity of 2036.
(2)
Unsecured notes with a fixed rate of 6% payable to entities of an affiliate with stated maturity of 2023 (less discount of $15 and $17 and issuance costs of $43 and $49 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures
In connection with the acquisition of Fidelity Resource Company during 2011, the Company assumed $3,093 in fixed/floating rate junior subordinated debentures underlying common securities and preferred capital securities, or the Trust Securities, issued by Parkway National Capital Trust I (“Trust”), a statutory business trust and acquired wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company assumed the guarantor position and as such, unconditionally guarantees payment of accrued and unpaid distributions required to be paid on the Trust Securities subject to certain exceptions, the redemption price when a capital security is called for redemption and amounts due if a trust is liquidated or terminated.
The Company owns all of the outstanding common securities of the Trust. The Trust used the proceeds from the issuance of its Trust Securities to buy the debentures originally issued by Fidelity Resource Company. These debentures are the Trust’s only assets and the interest payments from the debentures finance the distributions paid on the Trust Securities.
The Trust Securities pay cumulative cash distributions quarterly at a rate per annum equal to the 3-month LIBOR plus 1.85% percent. So long as no event of default leading to an acceleration event has occurred, the Company has the right at any time and from time to time during the term of the debenture to defer payments of interest by extending the interest distribution period for up to twenty consecutive quarterly periods. The effective rate as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 2.70% and 2.18%, respectively. The Trust Securities are subject to mandatory redemption in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures at the stated maturity in the year 2036 or their earlier redemption, in each case at a redemption price equal to the aggregate liquidation

F-30



preference of the Trust Securities plus any accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon to the date of redemption. Prior redemption is permitted under certain circumstances.
The Trust Securities qualify as Tier 1 capital, subject to regulatory limitations, under guidelines established by the Federal Reserve.
Subordinated Notes
During 2013 the Company issued, in the aggregate principal amount of $5,000, subordinated promissory notes (Notes) via a private offering. The Notes were issued to certain entities controlled by an affiliate of the Company for the purpose of using the proceeds to support the growth of the Company. The Notes are unsecured, with interest payable quarterly at a fixed rate of 6% per annum, and unpaid principal and interest due at the stated maturity in the year 2023. The Notes qualify as Tier 2 Capital, subject to regulatory limitations, under guidelines established by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part on any interest payment date that occurs on or after December 23, 2018 subject to approval of the Federal Reserve in compliance with applicable statutes and regulations.
In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $11 per share, exercisable at any time, in whole or in part, prior to December 31, 2023. The fair value of the warrants was calculated at $0.80 and is recorded as additional paid-in capital and the related debt discount is being accreted into interest expense.
14. Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Income tax expense (benefit):
    
 
    
 
 
Current 
$
7,833

 
$
4,492

 
$
3,171

Deferred
(1,366
)
 
(375
)
 
(466
)
 
$
6,467

 
$
4,117

 
$
2,705

 
The table below reconciles income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 computed by applying the applicable U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate, reconciled to the tax expense computed at the effective income tax rate:
 
Year Ended  December 31, 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Federal income tax expense rate at 35% for December 31, 2016 and 34% for December 31, 2015 and 2014
$
6,656

 
$
4,388

 
$
2,690

Bank-owned life insurance
(216
)
 
(208
)
 
(118
)
Non-deductible dues and memberships
59

 
56

 
50

Non-deductible meals and entertainment
49

 
46

 
43

Recognition of deferred tax asset related to non-qualified stock options (1)

 
(186
)
 

Other
(81
)
 
21

 
40

Total income tax expense
$
6,467

 
$
4,117

 
$
2,705

Effective tax rate
34.0
%
 
31.9
%
 
34.2
%
 
(1)
Discrete tax item.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes, and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

F-31



 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Deferred tax assets:
    
 
    
Net operating loss
$
165

 
$
166

Organizational costs
405

 
150

Allowance for loan losses
3,129

 
2,423

Deferred loan fees
19

 
21

Non-accrual interest
13

 
4

Capital loss carryforward
95

 
85

FHLB Borrowing
57

 
65

Deferred rent expenses
90

 
65

Restricted stock
182

 
88

Stock options
399

 
283

Accrued bonuses
437

 
319

Other
182

 
204

Total deferred tax assets
5,173

 
3,873

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities available for sale
(643
)
 
(73
)
Core deposit intangibles
541

 
663

FHLB stock dividends
13

 
4

Bank premises and equipment
1,795

 
1,747

Total deferred tax liabilities
1,706

 
2,341

Net deferred tax asset
$
3,467

 
$
1,532

Included within other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 is a current tax receivable of $91 and a net deferred tax asset of $3,467. Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in as of December 31, 2015 is a current tax liability of $488 in accrued interest payable and other liabilities and a net deferred tax asset of $1,532 in other assets.
For federal income tax purposes, the Company has a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $472 that will expire beginning in 2030.
15. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation
The Company may from time to time be involved in legal actions arising from normal business activities. Management believes that these actions are without merit or that the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from them will not materially affect the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

F-32



Operating Leases
The Company leases several of its banking facilities under operating leases expiring in various years through 2022. Minimum future rental payments under these non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2016 for each of the next five years and in the aggregate are:
Year End December 31,
 
Amount
2017
 
$
1,405

2018
 
1,265

2019
 
1,133

2020
 
1,061

2021
 
996

Thereafter
 
530

Total
 
$
6,390

The Company acquired an executed sublease for a portion the rentable space at one of the acquired IBT branch locations which expires in February 2018. The total of minimum sublease rentals to be received in the future under this non-cancelable sublease is approximately $62.
Rental expense was approximately $1,432, $1,399 and $1,468 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Rental income was approximately $58 and $30 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. There was no rental income for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Certain of the operating leases above provide for renewal options at their fair value at the time of renewal. In the normal course of business, operating leases are generally renewed or replaced by other leases.
16. Other Non-interest Expense
Significant components of the Company’s other non-interest expense are as follows:
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Business development
$
226

 
$
205

 
$
192

Office and postage
308

 
341

 
240

Insurance
155

 
139

 
92

Security
202

 
136

 
115

Travel
45

 
45

 
41

Training
91

 
47

 
45

Other
813

 
593

 
331

Total
$
1,840

 
$
1,506

 
$
1,056


17. Fair Value Disclosures
The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact and (iv) willing to transact.

F-33



The authoritative guidance requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount on a discounted basis. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement costs). Valuation techniques should be consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, the authoritative guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
Level 1 Inputs.  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 Inputs.  Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (for example, interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. Level 2 investments consist primarily of obligations of U.S. government sponsored enterprises and agencies, obligations of state and municipal subdivisions, corporate bonds and mortgage-backed securities.
Level 3 Inputs.  Significant unobservable inputs that reflect an entity’s own assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.
In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market- based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following:
Investment Securities Available For Sale:  Securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. For those securities classified as Level 2, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U. S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayments speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things.
The following table summarizes assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
Measurements Using
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
Inputs
 
Inputs
 
Inputs
 
Fair Value
As of December 31, 2016
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Investment securities available for sale
$

 
$
102,559

 
$

 
$
102,559

As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available for sale
$

 
$
75,813

 
$

 
$
75,813


F-34



There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
There were no transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).
Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include impaired loans and other real estate owned. The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses and other real estate owned is based upon recent real estate appraisals less estimated costs of sale. For residential real estate impaired loans and other real estate owned, appraised values are based on the comparative sales approach. For commercial and commercial real estate impaired loans and other real estate owned, appraisers may use either a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches such as comparative sales, cost or the income approach. A significant unobservable input in the income approach is the estimated income capitalization rate for a given piece of collateral. Adjustments to appraisals may be made to reflect local market conditions or other economic factors and may result in changes in the fair value of a given asset over time. As such, the fair value of impaired loans and other real estate owned are considered a Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
The Company recovers the carrying value of other real estate owned through the sale of the property. The ability to affect future sales prices is subject to market conditions and factors beyond the Company’s control and may impact the estimated fair value of a property.
Appraisals for impaired loans and other real estate owned are performed by certified general appraisers whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company. Once reviewed, a member of the credit department reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparisons to independent data sources such as recent market data or industry wide-statistics. On a periodic basis, the Company compares the actual selling price of collateral that has been sold to the most recent appraised value to determine what additional adjustments, if any, should be made to the appraisal value to arrive at fair value.
The following table summarizes assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
Measurements Using
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
Inputs
 
Inputs
 
Inputs
 
Fair Value
As of December 31, 2016
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans
$

 
$

 
$
1,593

 
$
1,593

Other real estate owned
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans
$

 
$

 
$
2,379

 
$
2,379

Other real estate owned
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

At December 31, 2016, impaired loans had a carrying value of $1,593 with $250 specific allowance for loan loss allocated. At December 31, 2015, impaired loans had a carrying value of $2,379, with $193 specific allowance for loan loss allocated.
The Company records other real estate at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. After foreclosure, other real estate is carried at the lower of the initial carrying amount (fair value less estimated costs to sell or lease), or at the value determined by subsequent appraisals or internal valuations of the other real estate.
There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

F-35



For Level 3 financial assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows:
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
Valuation
 
Unobservable
 
Weighted
Assets/Liabilities
 
Fair Value
 
Technique
 
Input(s)
 
Average
Impaired loans
 
$
1,593

 
Collateral Method
 
Adjustments for selling costs
 
8
%
Other real estate owned
 
$

 
Collateral Method
 
Adjustments for selling costs
 
8
%
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
Valuation
 
Unobservable
 
Weighted
Assets/Liabilities
 
Fair Value
 
Technique
 
Input(s)
 
Average
Impaired loans
 
$
2,379

 
Collateral Method
 
Adjustments for selling costs
 
8
%
Other real estate owned
 
$

 
Collateral Method
 
Adjustments for selling costs
 
8
%
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company is required under current authoritative guidance to disclose the estimated fair value of their financial instrument assets and liabilities including those subject to the requirements discussed above. For the Company, as for most financial institutions, substantially all of its assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments, as defined. Many of the Company’s financial instruments, however, lack an available trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller engaging in an exchange transaction.
The estimated fair value amounts of financial instruments have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. In addition, reasonable comparability between financial institutions may not be likely due to the wide range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates that must be made given the absence of active secondary markets for many of the financial instruments. This lack of uniform valuation methodologies also introduces a greater degree of subjectivity to these estimated fair values.
The methods and assumptions used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments as disclosed herein in accordance with ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, other than for those measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis discussed above, are as follows:
Cash and cash equivalents:  The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value.
Loans and loans held for sale:  For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant changes in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for certain mortgage loans (for example, one-to-four family residential), commercial real estate and commercial loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.
Bank-owned life insurance:  The carrying amounts of bank-owned life insurance approximate their fair value.
Servicing Assets: Fair value of the servicing assets is estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market interest rates.
Non-marketable equity securities:  The carrying value of restricted securities such as stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas and Independent Bankers Financial Corporation approximates fair value.
Deposits:  The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate certificates of deposit (CDs) approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate CDs are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that

F-36



applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank:  The fair value of advances maturing within 90 days approximates carrying value. Fair value of other advances is based on the Company’s current borrowing rate for similar arrangements.
Junior subordinated debentures and subordinated notes:  The fair values are based upon prevailing rates on similar debt in the market place.
Accrued interest:  The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair values due to short term maturity.
Off-balance sheet instruments:  Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally priced at market at the time of funding and were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The estimated fair values and carrying values of all financial instruments under current authoritative guidance as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
Carrying
 
Fair
 
Carrying
 
Fair
 
Amount
 
Value
 
Amount
 
Value
Financial assets:
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Level 2 inputs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
234,791

 
$
234,791

 
$
71,551

 
$
71,551

Investment securities
102,559

 
102,559

 
75,813

 
75,813

Loans held for sale
5,208

 
5,208

 
2,831

 
2,831

Accrued interest receivable
2,907

 
2,907

 
2,216

 
2,216

Bank-owned life insurance
20,077

 
20,077

 
19,459

 
19,459

Servicing asset
601

 
601

 
426

 
426

Non-marketable equity securities
7,366

 
7,366

 
4,167

 
4,167

Level 3 inputs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, net
983,318

 
987,021

 
813,733

 
811,455

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 2 inputs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
1,119,630

 
$
1,085,888

 
$
868,410

 
$
844,966

Advances from FHLB
38,306

 
38,570

 
28,444

 
28,826

Accrued interest payable
141

 
141

 
108

 
108

Junior subordinated debentures
3,093

 
3,093

 
3,093

 
3,093

Subordinated notes
4,942

 
4,942

 
4,983

 
4,983

  
18. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on balance sheet instruments.

F-37



The following table sets forth the approximate amounts of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Commitments to extend credit
$
236,919

 
$
236,678

Standby and commercial letters of credit
6,933

 
1,950

 
$
243,852

 
$
238,628

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Management evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company’s policy for obtaining collateral and the nature of such collateral is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit.
Although the maximum exposure to loss is the amount of such commitments, management currently anticipates no material losses from such activities.
19. Employee Benefits
 
Defined contribution plan
 
The Company maintains a retirement savings 401(k) profit sharing plan (Plan) in which substantially all employees may participate. The Plan provides for “before tax” employee contributions through salary reductions under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company may make a discretionary match of employees’ contributions based on a percentage of salary deferrals and certain discretionary profit sharing contributions. No matching contributions to the Plan were made for the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015.
 
ESOP
 
Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted the ESOP covering all employees that meet certain age and service requirements. Plan assets are held and managed by the Company. Shares of the Company’s common stock purchased by the ESOP are held in a suspense account until released for allocation to participants. Shares released are allocated to each eligible participant based on the participant’s 401(k) contribution made during that year. Compensation expense is measured based upon the expected amount of the Company’s discretionary contribution that is determined on an annual basis and is accrued ratably over the year. Shares are committed to be released to settle the liability upon formal declaration of the contribution at the end of the year. The number of shares released to settle the liability is based upon fair value of the shares and become outstanding shares for earnings per share computations. The cost of shares issued to the ESOP, but not yet committed to be released, is shown as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. To the extent that the fair value of the ESOP shares differs from the cost of such shares, the difference is charged or credited to stockholders’ equity as additional paid in capital.
 
In January 2014, the ESOP borrowed $500 from the Company and purchased 46,082 shares of the common stock of the Company. The ESOP debt is secured by shares of the Company. The loan will be repaid from contributions to the ESOP from the Company. As the debt is repaid, shares are released from collateral and allocated to employees’ accounts. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the company received a $109 debt payment from the ESOP and released 9,210 and 8,942 shares from collateral.  The released shares were allocated to employee accounts. The shares pledged as collateral are reported as unearned ESOP shares in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
 
The Company issued 9,147 shares to the ESOP in June of 2015 to settle in full the 401(k) matching liability that was accrued prior to the origination of the $500 loan to the ESOP in January 2014.  
 

F-38



Compensation expense attributed to the ESOP contributions recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $204, $154 and $150, respectively.
    
The following is a summary of the ESOP shares as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Allocated shares
44,257

 
35,047

Unearned shares
18,783

 
27,993

Total ESOP shares
63,040

 
63,040

Fair value of unearned shares
$
502

 
$
454

20. Stock and Incentive Plans
2010 Stock Option and Equity Incentive Plan
In 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Stock Option and Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Incentive Plan”), which the Company’s shareholders approved in 2011. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to grants or options under the 2010 Incentive Plan is 1,000,000. The 2010 Incentive Plan is administered by the Board of Directors and provides for both the direct award of stock and the grant of stock options to eligible directors, officers, employees and outside consultants of the Company or its affiliates as defined in the 2010 Incentive Plan. The Company may grant either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options as directed in the 2010 Incentive Plan.
The Board authorized that the 2010 Incentive Plan provide for the award of 100,000 shares of direct stock awards (restricted shares) and 900,000 shares of stock options, of which 500,000 shares are performance-based stock options. Options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of the grant; those option awards generally vest based on 5 years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms for non-controlling participants as defined by the 2010 Incentive Plan, and forfeiture of unexercised options upon termination of employment with the Company. Other grant terms can vary for controlling participants as defined by the 2010 Incentive Plan. Restricted share awards generally vest after 4 years of continuous service. The terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan include a provision whereby all unearned non-performance options and restricted shares become immediately exercisable and fully vested upon a change in control.
With the adoption of the 2014 Omnibus Plan, which is discussed below, the Company does not plan to award any additional grants or options under the 2010 Incentive Plan.
During the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not award any restricted stock units, non-performance based stock options or performance-based stock options under the 2010 incentive plan.
Stock based compensation expense is measured based upon the fair market value of the award at the grant date and is recognized ratably over the period during which the shares are earned (the requisite service period). For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, approximately $125, $224 and $329 of stock compensation expense related to the 2010 Incentive Plan, respectively, was recognized in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income.

F-39



A summary of option activity under the 2010 Incentive Plan at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and changes during the years then ended is presented below:
 
2016
 
Nonperformance-based stock options
 
Shares
Underlying
Options
 
Weighted
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term
Outstanding at beginning of year
325,500

 
$
10.15

 
5.56 years
Granted during the period

 

 
 
Forfeited during the period

 

 
 
Cancelled during the period

 

 
 
Exercised during the period

 

 
 
Outstanding at the end of period
325,500

 
$
10.15

 
4.56 years
Options exercisable at end of period
306,000

 
$
10.09

 
4.44 years
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the period
 
 
$

 
 

 
2015
 
Nonperformance-based stock options
 
Shares
Underlying
Options
 
Weighted
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term
Outstanding at beginning of year
352,500

 
$
10.14

 
6.58 years
Granted during the period

 

 
 
Forfeited during the period
(6,000
)
 
10.00

 
 
Cancelled

 

 
 
Exercised during the period
(21,000
)
 
10.00

 
 
Outstanding at the end of period
325,500

 
$
10.15

 
5.56 years
Options exercisable at end of period
238,500

 
$
10.08

 
5.41 years
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the period
 
 
$

 
 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the aggregate intrinsic value was $5,390 and $1,971, respectively, for outstanding non-performance-based stock options and $5,086 and $1,462, respectively, for exercisable non-performance-based stock options.
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, there was approximately $21 and $51, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-performance-based stock options. The unrecognized compensation expense as of December 31, 2016 is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average requisite service period of 1.43 years.

F-40



A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock units under the 2010 Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and changes during the years then ended is as follows:
 
2016
 
2015
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1,
39,750

 
$
11.34

 
62,250

 
$
10.86

Granted during the period

 

 

 

Vested during the period
(12,000
)
 
10.00

 
(20,000
)
 
10.00

Forfeited during the period

 

 
(2,500
)
 
10.17

Nonvested at December 31,
27,750

 
$
11.92

 
39,750

 
$
11.34

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, there was $90 and $174,  respectively, of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock units. The compensation expense as of December 31, 2016 is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average requisite service period of 1.19 years.
2014 Omnibus Plan
In September 2014, the Company adopted an omnibus incentive plan (the “2014 Omnibus Plan”). The purpose of the 2014 Omnibus Plan is to align the long-term financial interests of the employees, directors, consultants and other service providers with those of the shareholders, to attract and retain those employees, directors, consultants and other service providers by providing compensation opportunities that are competitive with other companies and to provide incentives to those individuals who contribute significantly to the Company’s long-term performance and growth. To accomplish these goals, the 2014 Omnibus Plan permits the issuance of stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, deferred shares, unrestricted shares and cash-based awards. The maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued pursuant to grants or options under the 2014 Omnibus Plan is 1,000,000.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company awarded 25,060 non-performance restricted stock units, 34,190 performance based restricted, and 76,286 non-performance-based stock options under the 2014 Omnibus Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company awarded 8,000 non-performance based restricted stock units, 25,474 performance based restricted stock units, and 52,080 non-performance-based stock options under the 2014 Omnibus Plan.
    
The non-performance options generally vest equally over three years from the date of grant. The performance-based restricted stock units include a market condition based on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to a market index that determines the number of restricted stock units that may vest equally over a three year period from the grant date. The non-performance restricted stock units fully vest over the requisite service period generally ranging from one to five years.

Stock based compensation expense is measured based upon the fair market value of the award at the grant date and is recognized ratably over the period during which the shares are earned (the requisite service period). For the year ended December 31, 2016, compensation expense for awards granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan was approximately $224 and $633 for options and restricted stock units, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, compensation expense for awards granted under the 2014 Omnibus Plan was approximately $83 and $0 for options and $326 and $126 for restricted stock units, respectively.
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for the grants:
 

F-41



 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Dividend yield
—%
 

Expected life
5.0 to 6.5 years
 
6.0 to 6.5 years
Expected volatility
33.37% to 37.55%
 
37.00% to 37.55%
Risk-free interest rate
1.06% to 2.01%
 
1.76% to 1.81%
 
The expected life is based on the expected amount of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company as well as the volatility of certain comparable public company peers. The risk-free interest rates are based upon yields of U.S. Treasury issues with a term equal to the expected life of the option being valued.
 
A summary of the status of the Company’s options under the 2014 Omnibus Plan as of December 31, 2016, and changes during the year then ended, is as follows:

 
2016
 
2015
 
Nonperformance-based stock options
 
Nonperformance-based stock options
 
Shares
Underlying
Options
 
Weighted
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term
 
Shares
Underlying
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term
Outstanding at beginning of year
52,080

 
$
14.35

 
9.12 years
 

 
$

 

Granted during the period
76,286

 
15.98

 
 
 
52,080

 
14.35

 
 
Forfeited during the period

 

 
 
 

 

 
 
Cancelled during the period

 

 
 
 

 

 
 
Exercised during the period

 

 
 
 

 

 
 
Outstanding at the end of period
128,366

 
$
15.32

 
8.69 years
 
52,080

 
$
14.35

 
9.12 years
Options exercisable at end of period
16,293

 
$
14.28

 
8.08 years
 

 
$

 

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the period
 
 
$
6.04

 
 
 
 
 
$
5.57

 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015,  the aggregate intrinsic value was $1,462 and $97 for outstanding stock options under the 2014 Omnibus Plan. As of December 31, 2016 the aggregate intrinsic value was $203 for exercisable stock options outstanding under the Omnibus Plan, and there were no exercisable stock options outstanding under the 2014 Omnibus Plan as of December 31, 2015

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-performance based restricted stock units under the 2014 Omnibus Plan as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and changes during the year then ended is as follows:


F-42



 
2016
 
2015
 
Non-performance Based
 
Non-performance Based
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1,
70,919

 
$
13.29

 
82,903

 
$
13.00

Granted during the year
25,060

 
15.83

 
8,000

 
15.58

Vested during the year
(28,023
)
 
14.35

 
(16,451
)
 
13.00

Forfeited during the year

 

 
(3,533
)
 
13.00

Nonvested at December 31,
67,956

 
$
13.79

 
70,919

 
$
13.29


A summary of the status of the Company’s performance based restricted stock units under the 2014 Omnibus Plan as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and changes during the year then ended is as follows:

 
2016
 
2015
 
Performance Based
 
Performance Based
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1,
25,474

 
$
9.45

 

 
$

Granted during the year
34,190

 
9.52

 
25,474

 
9.45

Vested during the year
(8,467
)
 
14.17

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31,
51,197

 
$
8.72

 
25,474

 
9.45

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 there was $1,089 and $979 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock units awarded under the 2014 Omnibus Plan, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 there was $425 and $187 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options awarded under the 2014 Omnibus Plan, respectively.
The compensation expense related to these options and restricted stock units is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average requisite service period of 2.25 and 2.61 years, respectively.
21. Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk
Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within the Dallas Metropolitan area. Such customers are normally also depositors of the Company.
The distribution of commitments to extend credit approximates the distribution of loans outstanding. Commercial and standby letters of credit were granted primarily to commercial borrowers.
The contractual amounts of credit related financial instruments such as commitments to extend credit, credit card arrangements, and letters of credit represent the amounts of potential accounting loss should the contract be fully drawn upon, the customer default, and the value of any existing collateral become worthless.
22. Related Party Transactions
In the ordinary course of business, the Company has and expects to continue to have transactions, including borrowings, with its employees, officers, directors and their affiliates. In the opinion of management, such transactions are on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral requirements, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. The aggregate amounts of such loans were approximately $27,296 and $8,371 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2016, new advances of approximately $23,469 were made with approximately $4,586 principal payments received. During the year ended December 31, 2015, new advances of approximately $6,100 were

F-43



made with approximately $9,082 principal payments received. There were $9,951 and $3,425 in unfunded commitments to related parties as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Deposits received from related parties as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled approximately $25,994 and $29,892, respectively.
As disclosed in Note 13, the Company issued $5,000 in subordinated notes to two entities controlled by a certain affiliate of the Company.
23. Preferred Stock
On August 25, 2011, the Company entered into a Small Business Lending Fund-Securities Purchase Agreement (SBLF Purchase Agreement) with the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to which the Company (i) sold 8,000 shares of the Company’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the SBLF Preferred Stock) to the Secretary of the Treasury for a purchase price of $8,000. The issuance was pursuant to the SBLF program, a fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 that was created to encourage lending to small business by providing capital to qualified community banks.
The SBLF Preferred Stock qualified as Tier 1 capital and paid non-cumulative dividends quarterly, on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1. The dividend rate, as a percentage of the liquidation amount, can fluctuate on a quarterly basis during the first 10 quarters during which the SBLF Preferred Stock is outstanding, based upon changes in the level of “Qualified Small Business Lending” or “QBSL” (as defined in the SBLF Purchase Agreement) by the Bank. Based upon the increase in the Bank’s level of QBSL over the baseline level calculated under the terms of the SBLF Purchase Agreement, the dividend rate for the initial dividend period for the Company was set at 1.00%. For the tenth calendar quarter through 4.5 years after issuance, the dividend rate will be fixed and as of December 22, 2015 was set at 1.00% based upon the increase in QBSL as compared to the baseline.
The SBLF Preferred Stock may be redeemed at any time at the Company’s option, at a redemption price of 100% of the liquidation amount of $1,000 per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends to the date of redemption for the current period, subject to the approval of its federal banking regulator.
On December 22, 2015, the Company redeemed all 8,000 shares of SBLF Preferred Stock at its liquidation value of $1,000 per share plus accrued dividends for a total redemption amount of $8,018. The redemption was approved by the Company’s primary federal regulator and was funded with the Company’s surplus capital. Immediately after the redemption, the Company’s capital ratios exceeded those levels necessary to be categorized as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The redemption terminates the Company’s participation in the SBLF program.
24. Capital Requirements and Restrictions on Retained Earnings
Under banking law, there are legal restrictions limiting the amount of dividends the Company can declare. Approval of the regulatory authorities is required if the effect of the dividends declared would cause regulatory capital of the Company to fall below specified minimum levels.
The Company on a consolidated basis and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
In July 2013, the Federal Reserve published final rules for the adoption of the Basel III regulatory capital framework (the “Basel III Capital Rules”). The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of Common Equity Tier 1 and “Additional Tier 1 Capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define Common Equity Tier 1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to Common Equity Tier 1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments as compared to existing regulations. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with certain transition provisions to be fully phased in by January 1, 2019.

F-44



Starting in January 2016, the implementation of the capital conservation buffer will be effective for the Company starting at the 0.625% level and increasing 0.625% each year thereafter, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress and effectively increases the minimum required risk-weighted capital ratios.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total, CET1 and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.
As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company’s capital ratios exceeded those levels necessary to be categorized as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized”, the Company must maintain minimum total risk‑based, CET1, Tier 1 risk‑based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2016 that management believes have changed the Company’s category. 
A comparison of the Company’s and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios to required capital amounts and ratios is presented in the following table:

F-45



 
 
Actual
 
 
 
For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes
 
 
 
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
 
Ratio
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
 
Ratio
As of December 31, 2016
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
 
$
228,566

 
22.02
%
 
 
$
83,039

 
 
8.0
%
 
 
n/a

 
 
n/a

Bank
 
$
130,237

 
12.55
%
 
 
$
83,020

 
 
8.0
%
 
 
$
103,775

 
 
10.0
%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
 
$
215,057

 
20.72
%
 
 
$
62,275

 
 
6.0
%
 
 
n/a

 
 
n/a

Bank
 
$
121,713

 
11.73
%
 
 
$
62,257

 
 
6.0
%
 
 
$
83,010

 
 
8.0
%
Common equity tier 1 to risk-weighted assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
 
$
211,964

 
20.42
%
 
 
$
46,711

 
 
4.5
%
 
 
n/a

 
 
n/a

Bank
 
$
121,713

 
11.73
%
 
 
$
46,693

 
 
4.5
%
 
 
$
67,445

 
 
6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
 
$
215,057

 
16.82
%
 
 
$
51,143

 
 
4.0
%
 
 
n/a

 
 
n/a

Bank
 
$
121,713

 
9.52
%
 
 
$
51,140

 
 
4.0
%
 
 
$
63,925

 
 
5.0
%
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
 
$
119,208

 
14.25
%
 
 
$
66,924

 
 
8.0
%
 
 
n/a

 
 
n/a

Bank
 
$
104,427

 
12.49
%
 
 
$
66,887

 
 
8.0
%
 
 
$
83,608

 
 
10.0
%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
 
$
107,453

 
12.85
%
 
 
$
50,173

 
 
6.0
%
 
 
n/a

 
 
n/a

Bank
 
$
97,655

 
11.68
%
 
 
$
50,165

 
 
6.0
%
 
 
$
66,887

 
 
8.0
%
Common equity tier 1 to risk-weighted assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
 
$
104,360

 
12.48
%
 
 
$
37,630

 
 
4.5
%
 
 
n/a

 
 
n/a

Bank
 
$
97,655

 
11.68
%
 
 
$
37,624

 
 
4.5
%
 
 
$
54,346

 
 
6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
 
$
107,453

 
10.75
%
 
 
$
39,983

 
 
4.0
%
 
 
n/a

 
 
n/a

Bank
 
$
97,655

 
9.78
%
 
 
$
39,941

 
 
4.0
%
 
 
$
49,926

 
 
5.0
%

25. Business Combinations
 
All acquisitions were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities were recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market willing participants at the measurement date. The Company determines the estimated fair values after review and consideration of relevant information, including discounted cash flows, quoted market prices, third party valuations, and estimates made by management. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets for tax-free acquisitions is recorded as goodwill, none of which is deductible for tax purposes. The identified core deposit intangibles for the acquisition are being amortized on straight-line basis with no residual value over an estimated life of ten years. Acquisition-related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and are expensed as incurred. The results of operations for each acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the respective acquisition date.
The measurement period for the Company to determine the fair values of acquired identifiable assets and assumed liabilities will end at the earlier of (1) twelve months from the date of the acquisition or (2) as soon as the Company receives the

F-46



information it was seeking about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date or learns that more information is not obtainable.
On July 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of IBT, the parent holding company of Independent Bank, headquartered in Irving, Texas with two banking locations in the Dallas metropolitan area. The acquisition was not considered significant to the Company’s financial statements and therefore pro forma financial data and related disclosures are not included. The Company determined that the disclosure requirements related to the amounts of revenues and earnings of the acquired company included in the consolidated statements of income since the acquisition date is impracticable. The disclosure requirements are deemed impracticable because the Company does not consider IBT a separate reporting segment and does not track the amount of revenue, expense and net income attributable to IBT since acquisition.
Under the terms of the definitive agreement, the Company issued 1,185,067 shares of its common stock (with cash in lieu of fractional shares) and paid approximately $4,000 in cash for the outstanding shares of IBT common stock in connection with the closing of the acquisition.
During the three months ended December 31, 2015, the Company made certain measurement-period adjustments to previous purchase accounting estimates for the July 1, 2015 acquisition of IBT. The differences from estimated values resulted from completion of the valuations.
Fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in this transaction as of the closing date and subsequent measurement period adjustments are presented as follows:
Assets of acquired bank:
Initially Recorded at Acquisition Date
 
Measurement Period Adjustments
 
Final Recorded Value
Cash and cash equivalents
$
15,150

 
$

 
$
15,150

Securities available for sale
4,646

 

 
4,646

Loans
88,497

 
(38
)
 
88,459

Bank premises, furniture and equipment (1)
4,947

 

 
4,947

Securities available for sale
790

 

 
790

Bank-owned life insurance
1,024

 

 
1,024

Accrued interest receivable
250

 

 
250

Goodwill
6,877

 
840

 
7,717

Servicing assets
323

 

 
323

Core deposit intangibles
1,078

 

 
1,078

Other assets
504

 
(504
)
 

Total assets
$
124,086

 
$
298

 
$
124,384

Liabilities of acquired bank:
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
97,426

 
$

 
$
97,426

FHLB advances
3,503

 

 
3,503

Other borrowings
926

 

 
926

Other liabilities
526

 
298

 
824

Total liabilities
$
102,381

 
$
298

 
$
102,679

Cash paid to shareholders of acquired entity
$
4,000

 
$

 
$
4,000

1,185,067 shares of common stock exchanged in connection with acquisition
$
17,705

 
$

 
$
17,705

(1) Included within bank premises, furniture and equipment is building and land at fair values of $3,310 and $1,490, respectively.


F-47



Pending Merger with Sovereign Bancshares, Inc.
On December 14, 2016, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to merge with Dallas-based Sovereign Bancshares, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Sovereign Bank. As of December 31, 2016, Sovereign reported, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $1.1 billion and total deposits of $857.3 million. Upon the completion of the proposed merger with Sovereign, the Company expects to acquire Sovereign’s seven additional branches in the Dallas-Forth Worth metroplex, two branches in the Austin, Texas metropolitan area and one branch in the Houston, Texas metropolitan area. Under the terms of the merger agreement, the Company will issue 5,117,647 shares of its common stock and will pay approximately $58.0 million in cash to existing shareholders of Sovereign Bancshares, subject to certain conditions and potential adjustments as described in the merger agreement. In connection with the transaction, two representatives of Sovereign Bancshares’ board of directors will join the Company’s board of directors. The merger agreement contains customary representations and warranties and covenants by the Company and Sovereign Bancshares. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals and approval of the merger agreement by the shareholders of Sovereign Bancshares and the issuance of shares by the shareholders of Veritex Holdings. The transaction is expected to close during the second quarter of 2017.
26. Parent Company Only Financial Statements
The following balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows for Veritex Holdings, Inc. should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.

F-48



Balance Sheet
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Assets
    
 
    
Cash and cash equivalents
$
98,366

 
$
14,512

Investment in subsidiaries
148,921

 
125,435

Other assets
438

 
283

Total assets
$
247,725

 
$
140,230

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Other liabilities
$
602

 
$
157

Other borrowings
8,035

 
8,027

Total liabilities
8,637

 
8,184

Stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock

 

Common stock
152

 
107

Additional paid-in capital
211,173

 
115,721

Retained earnings
29,290

 
16,739

Unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares
(209
)
 
(309
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
(1,248
)
 
(142
)
Treasury stock
(70
)
 
(70
)
Total stockholders’ equity
239,088

 
132,046

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
247,725

 
$
140,230

Statements of Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Interest income:
    
 
    
 
 
Other
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
2

Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on borrowings
388

 
376

 
379

Net interest expense
(386
)
 
(374
)
 
(377
)
Noninterest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
161

 
161

 
162

Professional fees
828

 
799

 
212

Other
1

 
2

 
17

Total noninterest expense
990

 
962

 
391

Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
(1,376
)
 
(1,336
)
 
(768
)
Income tax benefit
(480
)
 
(454
)
 
(256
)
Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
(896
)
 
(882
)
 
(512
)
Equity in undistributed income of bank
13,447

 
9,672

 
5,717

Net income
$
12,551

 
$
8,790

 
$
5,205



F-49



Statements of Cash Flows
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Cash flows from operating activities:
    
 
    
 
 
Net income
$
12,551

 
$
8,790

 
$
5,205

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of debt costs
8

 
2

 
2

Equity in undistributed net income of Bank
(13,447
)
 
(9,672
)
 
(5,717
)
Decrease in other assets
(155
)
 
9

 
68

Decrease in other liabilities
270

 
(144
)
 
(444
)
Net cash used in operating activities
(773
)
 
(1,015
)
 
(886
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash paid in acquisition

 
(3,841
)
 

Capital investment in subsidiary
(10,000
)
 

 
(15,000
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(10,000
)
 
(3,841
)
 
(15,000
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net offering costs of $489 for December 31, 2016 and $4,574 for December 31, 2014
94,518

 

 
35,791

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net offering costs of $61 for the year ended December 31, 2014

 

 
5,438

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

 
210

 

Redemption of SBLF preferred stock series C

 
(8,000
)
 

Proceeds from payments on ESOP loan
109

 
109

 
118

Offering costs paid in connection with acquisition

 
(252
)
 

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 
(98
)
 
(80
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
94,627

 
(8,031
)
 
41,267

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
83,854

 
(12,887
)
 
25,381

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
14,512

 
27,399

 
2,018

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
98,366

 
$
14,512

 
$
27,399



F-50
Exhibit
Exhibit 21.1

Veritex Holdings, Inc.

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
 
Name:
 
Jurisdiction of Organization:
Parent:
Veritex Holdings, Inc.
 
Texas
Banking Subsidiary:
Veritex Community Bank
 
Texas
Nonbanking Subsidiaries:
Parkway National Capital Trust I
 
Delaware
 



Exhibit
Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



We have issued our report dated March 10, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report of Veritex Holdings, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. We consent to the incorporation by reference of said report in the Registration Statements of Veritex Holdings, Inc. on Forms S-3 (File No. 333-207934) and Form S-8 (File No. 333-199223).


/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 10, 2017





Exhibit
EXHIBIT 31.1


CERTIFICATION
I, C. Malcolm Holland, III, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Veritex Holdings, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 10, 2017
 
 
 
/s/ C. Malcolm Holland, III
 
C. Malcolm Holland, III
 
Chairman of the Board & Chief Executive Officer

 






Exhibit
EXHIBIT 31.2


CERTIFICATION
I, Noreen E. Skelly, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Veritex Holdings, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 10, 2017
 
 
 
/s/ Noreen E. Skelly
 
Noreen E. Skelly
 
Chief Financial Officer
 




Exhibit
Exhibit 32.1


CERTIFICATION
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Veritex Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ending December 31, 2016 (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, C. Malcolm Holland, III, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:
1.
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2.
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ C. Malcolm Holland, III
 
 
 
C. Malcolm Holland, III
 
Chairman of the Board & Chief Executive Officer

 
Date: March 10, 2017
 






Exhibit
Exhibit 32.2


CERTIFICATION
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Veritex Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ending December 31, 2016 (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Noreen E. Skelly, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:
1.
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2.
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Noreen E. Skelly
 
 
 
Noreen E. Skelly
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: March 10, 2017